Eldes ESIM384 Intrusion Alarm Panel Installation Manual

Add to my manuals
196 Pages

advertisement

Eldes ESIM384 Intrusion Alarm Panel Installation Manual | Manualzz

ESIM384

GSM ALARM AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

INSTALLATION MANUAL

Installation Manual v1.5

Valid for ESIM384 FW v01.00 and up

Safety instructions

Please read and follow these safety guidelines in order to maintain safety of operators and people around:

• GSM alarm & management system ESIM384 (also referenced as “alarm system”, “system” or “device”) has radio transceiver operating in

GSM 850/900/1800/1900 bands.

• DO NOT use the system where it can be interfere with other devices and cause any potential danger.

• DO NOT use the system with medical devices.

• DO NOT use the system in hazardous environment.

• DO NOT expose the system to high humidity, chemical environment or mechanical impacts.

• DO NOT attempt to personally repair the system.

• System label is on the bottom side of the device.

GSM alarm system ESIM384 is a device mounted in limited access areas. Any system repairs must be done only by qualified, safety aware personnel.

The system must be powered by main 16-24V ~50/60 Hz1.5A max or 18-24V 1,5A max power supply which must be approved by LST EN 60950-1 standard and be easily accessible nearby the device. When connecting the power supply to the system, switching the pole terminals places does not have any affect.

Any additional devices linked to the system ESIM384 (computer, sensors, relays etc.) must be approved by LST EN 60950-1 standard.

The power supply can be connected to AC mains only inside installation room with automatic 2-pole circuit breaker capable of disconnecting circuit in the event of short circuit or over-current condition. Open circuit breaker must have a gap between connections of more than 3mm (0.12in) and the disconnection current 5A.

Phase

Null

PE

AC/DC

AC 230V

50/60Hz/DC 24V

USB cable

ESIM384

Mains power and backup battery must be disconnected before any installation or tuning work starts. The system installation or maintenance must not be done during stormy conditions

Backup battery must be connected via the connection which in the case of breaking would result in disconnection of one of battery pole terminals. Special care must be taken when connecting positive and negative battery terminals. Switching the pole terminals places is NOT allowed.

In order to avoid fire or explosion hazards the system must be used only with approved backup battery.

The device is fully turned off by disconnecting 2-pole switch off device of the main power supply and disconnecting backup battery connector.

Fuse F1 type – Slow Blown 2A. Replacement fuses have to be exactly the same as indicated by the manufacturer.

If you use I security class computer for setting the parameters it must be connected to earth.

22 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Contents

1. GENERAL INFORMATION .........................................................................................................................................................8

1.1. Functionality ......................................................................................................................................................................................................8

1.2. Compatible Device Overview ...........................................................................................................................................................................8

1.3. Default Parameters and Ways of Parameter Configuration .......................................................................................................................8

2. Technical Specifications .......................................................................................................................................................16

2.1. Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics ..................................................................................................................................................16

2.2. Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality .............................................................................................................................17

2.3. Wiring Diagrams ..............................................................................................................................................................................................18

3. INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................................................................................... 24

4. GENERAL OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................... 28

5. CONFIGURATION METHODS ................................................................................................................................................. 29

5.1. SMS Text Messages ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 29

5.2. EKB2 LCD Keypad............................................................................................................................................................................................ 29

5.3. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypads ........................................................................................................................................................... 30

5.4. Eldes Utility ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30

5.5. System configuration by USB cable..............................................................................................................................................................31

6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE ................................................................................................................................32

7. SYSTEM LANGUAGE ...............................................................................................................................................................33

8. USER PHONE NUMBERS ....................................................................................................................................................... 34

8.1. User Phone Number Names ..........................................................................................................................................................................35

8.2. Initiate system’s remote connection from any phone number ................................................................................................................35

9. DATE AND TIME ..................................................................................................................................................................... 36

9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization ............................................................................................................................................... 36

10. MASTER AND USER CODES .................................................................................................................................................. 38

10.1. Master and User Code Names ...................................................................................................................................................................... 40

11. IBUTTON KEYS .......................................................................................................................................................................41

11.1. Adding and Removing iButton Keys ............................................................................................................................................................ 41

11.2. iButton Key Names ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 42

12. ARMING AND DISARMING ..................................................................................................................................................... 43

12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call ............................................................................................................................................................................. 44

12.2. SMS Text Message.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 44

12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code .......................................................................................................................................................... 45

12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code .......................................................................................................................................................... 47

12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypads and User/Master Code ...................................................................................................................................... 49

12.6. iButton Key .......................................................................................................................................................................................................51

12.7. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob ....................................................................................................................................................................................52

12.8. Arm-Disarm by Zone .......................................................................................................................................................................................53

12.9. Automatic Arm/Disarm by Scheduler...........................................................................................................................................................53

12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm Notifications ...................................................................................................................................53

13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY ........................................................................................................................................................55

14. ZONES .....................................................................................................................................................................................57

14.1. Zone Numbering .............................................................................................................................................................................................57

14.2. Zone Expansion ...............................................................................................................................................................................................57

14.3. 8-Zone Mode ....................................................................................................................................................................................................57

14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode .................................................................................................................................................... 58

14.5. Zone Type Definitions ................................................................................................................................................................................... 58

14.6. Zone Attributes .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 59

14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.................................................................................................................................................................. 63

14.8. Zone Names .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 63

14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones ..................................................................................................................................................................... 64

14.10. Viewing Zone State ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 65

15. STAY MODE ............................................................................................................................................................................ 66

16. TAMPERS ................................................................................................................................................................................67

16.1. Tamper Names ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 68

17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER ....................................................................................................... 69

17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications ............................................................................................................................................... 70

17.2. Audio Files and Introduction Audio ..............................................................................................................................................................72

18. PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS .......................................................................................................................................73

18.1. PGM Output Numbering .................................................................................................................................................................................73

18.2. PGM Output Type.............................................................................................................................................................................................73

18.3. PGM Output control options ..........................................................................................................................................................................73

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN 33

18.4. PGM Output Expansion ...................................................................................................................................................................................73

18.5. PGM Output Names .........................................................................................................................................................................................74

18.6. Disabling and Enabling PGM Outputs ...........................................................................................................................................................74

18.7. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF ................................................................................................................................................................74

18.8. PGM Output Control by Event and Scheduler ............................................................................................................................................ 76

18.9.1. PGM Output Actions and System Events.................................................................................................................................................. 76

18.9.2. Schedulers .....................................................................................................................................................................................................77

18.9.3. Additional Conditions ...................................................................................................................................................................................77

18.10. Wireless PGM Output Type Definitions ......................................................................................................................................................77

19. WIRELESS DEVICES ............................................................................................................................................................... 78

19.1. Pairing, Removing and Replacing Wireless Device ................................................................................................................................... 79

19.2. Wireless Device Information......................................................................................................................................................................... 80

19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring .............................................................................................................................................................. 80

19.4. Disabling and Enabling Siren if Wireless Signal is Lost ............................................................................................................................ 83

19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 - Wireless LED Keypad ...................................................................................................................................................... 83

19.6. EWR2 – Wireless Signal Repeater ................................................................................................................................................................ 85

19.7. EWF1/EWF1CO - Wireless Smoke/CO Detector ........................................................................................................................................ 86

19.8. EW2 - Wireless Zone and PGM Output Expansion Module ......................................................................................................................88

19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power Socket ....................................................................................................................................................................88

19.10. EWKB5 Wireless Touchpad Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 89

20. WIRED SIREN/BELL ............................................................................................................................................................. 100

20.1. BELL Output Status Monitoring ................................................................................................................................................................. 101

20.2. Bell Squawk ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 101

20.3. Bell Squawk in Stay Mode ........................................................................................................................................................................... 102

20.4. Indication by EWS2 - Wireless Outdoor Siren Indicators ....................................................................................................................... 103

20.5. Indication by EWS3 - Wireless Indoor Siren Indicators ..........................................................................................................................104

21. BACKUP BATTERY, MAINS POWER STATUS MONITORING AND MEMORY......................................................................... 105

21.1. Backup Battery Status Monitoring ............................................................................................................................................................ 105

21.2. Mains Power Status Monitoring ................................................................................................................................................................. 107

22. GSM CONNECTION AND ANTENNA STATUS MONITORING................................................................................................. 109

22.1. GSM Connection Status Monitoring ..........................................................................................................................................................109

22.2. GSM/GPRS antenna Status Monitoring .................................................................................................................................................... 110

23. PARTITIONS .........................................................................................................................................................................111

23.1. Zone Partition ................................................................................................................................................................................................111

23.2. User Phone Number Partition .....................................................................................................................................................................111

23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch .........................................................................................................................................112

23.4. User/Master Code Partition ...................................................................................................................................................................... 113

23.5. iButton Key Partition ................................................................................................................................................................................... 114

23.6. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob Partition ............................................................................................................................................................... 114

24. TEMPERATURE SENSORS ....................................................................................................................................................115

24.1. Adding, Removing and Replacing On-Board Dallas Temperature Sensors..........................................................................................115

24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors ........................................................................................................................................ 116

24.3. Setting Up MIN and MAX Temperature Thresholds. Temperature Info SMS .......................................................................................117

24.4. Temperature Sensor Names ....................................................................................................................................................................... 118

25. REMOTE LISTENING .............................................................................................................................................................119

25. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS ..................................................................................................................................... 120

25.1. Periodic Info SMS .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 120

26. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS .....................................................................................................................................................122

26.1. SMS Text Message Delivery Restrictions ................................................................................................................................................. 133

26.2. SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number .......................................................................................................................... 133

27. EVENT AND ALARM LOG ..................................................................................................................................................... 134

27.1. Event Log ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 134

27.2. Alarm Log ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 135

28. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS ........................................................................................................................................ 136

29. MONITORING STATION ........................................................................................................................................................ 138

29.1. Data Messages – Events .............................................................................................................................................................................. 139

29.2. Communication ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 145

30. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................................................................157

30.1. Disabled Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................... 157

30.2. Automatic Mode ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 157

30.3. Manual Mode ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 157

31. WIRED DEVICES ....................................................................................................................................................................159

31.1. RS485 Interface ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 159

31.2. 1-Wire Interface ............................................................................................................................................................................................168

31.3. Modules Interface ........................................................................................................................................................................................168

44 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

33. SERVICE MODE .................................................................................................................................................................... 169

34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART ................................................................................................................................................ 169

35. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES ..................................................................................................................................................... 170

36. TECHNICAL SUPPORT .........................................................................................................................................................171

36.1. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................................................................................171

36.2. Restoring Default Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................................171

36.3. Updating the Firmware via USB Cable Locally .........................................................................................................................................171

36.4. Updating Firmware via GPRS Connection Remotely .............................................................................................................................. 172

36.5. Frequently Asked Questions ...................................................................................................................................................................... 172

37. RELATED PRODUCTS............................................................................................................................................................174

38. GLOSSARY – APPENDIX 1 .....................................................................................................................................................177

39. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 COMMANDS - APPENDIX 2 .............................................................................................................179

40. SMS COMMANDS - APPENDIX 3 ......................................................................................................................................... 190

41. Radio system installation and signal penetration - APPENDIX 4 .................................................................................... 193

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN 55

TERMS OF USE

The following terms and conditions govern use of the ESIM384 device and contains important information on limitations regarding the product’s use and function, as well as information on the limitations of the manufacturer’s liability. Please carefully read these terms and conditions. For more information on your product, please visit www.eldesalarms.com

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

In order to ensure continuous and proper operation of the ESIM384 device and uninterrupted service, it is the responsibility of the User to make sure that: (I) the product is properly installed, and (II) there is constant internet or GSM connection and electrical supply (low battery must be replaced in time).

If you experience difficulty during the installation or subsequent use of the system, you may contact ELDES, UAB distributor or dealer in your country/region. For more information see www.eldesalarms.com

WARRANTY PROCEDURES

Warranty and out of warranty service should be obtained by contacting the system integrator/dealer/retailer/e-tailer or distributor where the customer purchased the product. When requesting for service, the proof of purchase and the product serial number must be provided.

The return of the defective product should be strictly through the original route of purchase, and the customers shall pack the product appropriately to prevent the returned product from suffering in the transportation.

MANUFACTURER WARRANTY

ELDES provides a limited warranty for its products only to the person or entity that originally purchased the product from ELDES or its authorized distributor or retailer and only in case of defective workmanship and materials under normal use of the system for a period of twenty four (24) months from the date of shipment by the ELDES, UAB (Warranty Period). Warranty obligations do not cover expandable materials (power elements and/or batteries), holders and enclosures. The warranty remains valid only if the system is used as intended, following all guidelines outlined in this manual and in accordance with the operating conditions specified. The warranty is void if the system has been exposed to mechanical impact, chemicals, high humidity, fluids, corrosive and hazardous environments or force majeure factors.

If a hardware defect arises and a valid claim is received within the Warranty Period, at its own discretion, ELDES, UAB will either (a) repair a hardware defect at no charge, using new or refurbished replacement parts, or (b) exchange the product with a product that is new or which has been manufactured from new or serviceable used parts and is at least functionally equivalent to the original product, or (c) refund the purchase price of the product.

LIMITED LIABILITY

The buyer must agree that the system will reduce the risk of theft, burglary or other dangers but does not provide guarantee against such events. ELDES, UAB will not assume any responsibility regarding personal or property, or revenue loss while using the system. ELDES, UAB is not affiliated with any of the Internet providers, therefore, it shall not responsible for the quality of Internet service.

ELDES, UAB shall also assume no liability due to direct or indirect damage or loss, as well as unreceived income when using the system, including cases, when the damages arise due to the above mentioned risks, when due to breakdown or malfunction the user is not informed in a timely manner about a risk which has arisen. In any case, the liability of ELDES, UAB, as much as it is allowed by the laws in force, shall not exceed the price of acquisition of the product.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

FOR CONSUMERS WHO ARE COVERED BY CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS OR REGULATIONS IN THEIR COUNTRY OF PURCHASE OR, IF DIF-

FERENT, THEIR COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE, THE BENEFITS CONFERRED BY THIS WARRANTY ARE IN ADDITION TO ALL RIGHTS AND

REMEDIES CONVEYED BY SUCH CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS. This warranty grants upon you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary by country, state or province.

DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING INFORMATION

The WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) marking on this product (see left) or its documentation indicates that the product must not be disposed of together with household waste. To prevent possible harm to human health and/or the environment, the product must be disposed on in an approved and environmentally safe recycling process. For further information on how to dispose of this product correctly, contact the system supplier, or the local authority responsible for waste disposal in your area.

66 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Content of Pack

Item Quantity

1. ESIM384.......................... ...................................1

2. SMA antenna..................... ................................2

3. Back-up battery connection wire ..................1

3. User manual................ .......................................1

Item Quantity

5. Resistors 5,6kΩ.......... .......................................16

6. Resistors 3,3kΩ................ .................................16

7. Plastic standoffs......... ......................................4

These following components are optional (sold separately) and are not included in device’s Content of Pack:

Buzzer.

About Installation Manual

This document describes detailed installation and operation process of alarm system ESIM384. It is very important to read the installation manual before starting to use the system.

Copyright © ELDES, UAB, 2019. All rights reserved

It is strictly forbidden to copy and distribute the information contained in this document or to pass thereof to a third party without an a priori written authorization obtained from ELDES, UAB. ELDES, UAB reserves the right to update or modify this document and/or related products without an a priori warning. ELDES, UAB hereby declares that

GSM alarm and management system ESIM384 is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of the Directive 1999/5/EC. The declaration of conformity is available at www.eldesalarms.com.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN 77

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1. Functionality

ESIM384 – micro-controller based alarm system for houses, cottages, country homes, garages and other buildings, also capable of managing electrical appliances via cellular GSM/GPRS network. It can also be used as Intercom system.

Examples of using the system:

• Property security.

• Alarm switch.

• Thermostat, heating and air-conditioner control, temperature monitoring.

1.2. Compatible Device Overview

• Lighting, garden watering, water pump and other electrical equipment control via SMS text messages.

• Mains power status notification by SMS text message.

Device

EKB2 LCD keypad

Wired Devices

Description

EKB3

EPGM1

LED keypad

16 zone and 2 PGM output expansion module

ELAN3-ALARM Ethernet communicator

EPGM8 8 PGM output expansion module

4*

Max. Connectible Devices

1

1

4*

2

EW2

Device

EWP2

EWP3

EWD2

EWD3

EWK2***

EWS3

EWK2A***

EWS2

EKB3W

EWKB4

EWKB5

EWF1

EWF1CO

EWR2

EWM1

Wireless Devices

Description

Wireless 2 zone and 2 PGM output expansion module

Wireless motion detector

Wireless motion detector

Wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor

Wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor

Wireless keyfob with 4 buttons

Wireless indoor siren

Wireless keyfob with 1 button

Wireless outdoor siren

Wireless LED keypad

Wireless LED keypad

Wireless touchpad

Wireless smoke detector

Wireless smoke and CO detector

Wireless signal repeater

Wireless power socket

16

8**

4**

4**

2

64**

64**

Max. Connectible Devices

32****

64**

64**

64**

64**

5/16***( depends on configuration)

8**

4

32**

* - A mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads is supported. The combination can consist of up to 4 keypads in total.

** - A mixed combination of wireless devices is supported. The combination can consist of up to 64 wireless devices in total.

*** - A mixed combination of EWK2 and EWK2A keyfobs is supported. The combination can consist of up to 5 keyfobs in total.

**** - EW2 creates 4 wireless zones, therefore the max. number of connectible EW2 devices is 32 if no keypad zones, no EPGM1 and no virtual zones exist in the system’s configuration.

1.3. Default Parameters and Ways of Parameter Configuration

Main Settings

Parameter Default Value

Configurable by:

SMS EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Eldes Utility

User 1... 10 name

User 1... 10 phone number

User 1... 10 partition

User 1...10 - call in case of alarm

N/A

N/A

Partition 1

Enabled

Allow remote connection from any phone number Disabled

SMS password 0000

SMS language

Partition 1 name

Depends on the firmware

PART1

Partition 2 name

Partition 3 name

Partition 4 name

PART2

PART3

PART4

Partition 1... 4 exit delay

GSM signal loss indication - delay

GSM signal loss indication – activate output

Dual SIM management – SIM card switch

15 seconds

180 seconds

N/A

Disabled

88 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Dual SIM management – try to find operator for a maximum of

Dual SIM management – send SMS/call via

3 time (s)

Currently in use SIM

Management

Parameter Default Value

Installer's code

Duress code

SGS code

Passwords/codes format

Prompt additionally for master code when configuring via keypad/software

Master code

Master code name

Master code partition

User code 2... 30

User code 2... 30 name

User code 2... 30 partition

Main power loss

Low battery

Battery dead or missing

Battery failed

Wired siren failed

RF jammer detected

Tamper alarm

Date/time not set

GSM connection failed

GSM antenna failed

Wireless antenna failed

Communication bus failed

Critical CO level

Wireless power socket fault

Wireless device low battery

Communication with MS failed

System armed – User 1... 10

System armed – SMS delivery report

System disarmed – User 1... 10

System disarmed – SMS delivery report

General alarm – User 1... 10

General alarm – SMS delivery report

Main power loss/restore – User 1... 10

Main power loss/restore – SMS delivery report

Battery failed – User 1... 10

Battery failed – SMS delivery report

Battery dead or missing – User 1... 10

Battery dead or missing – SMS delivery report

Low battery – User 1... 10

Low battery – SMS delivery report

Siren fail/restore – User 1... 10

Siren fail/restore – SMS delivery report

RF jammer detected – User 1... 10

RF jammer detected – SMS delivery report

Date/time not set – User 1... 10

1470

N/A

N/A

4-digit

Disabled

Passwords/Codes

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Disabled

1111

N/A

Partition 1, Partition 2, Partition 3, Partition 4

N/A

N/A

Partition 1

Faults

Enabled

Enabled

Notifications

Configurable by:

SMS EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Eldes Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN 99

Date/time not set – SMS delivery report

GSM connection failed – User 1... 10

GSM connection failed – SMS delivery report

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – User 1... 10

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – SMS delivery report

Tamper alarm/restore – User 1... 10

Tamper alarm/restore – SMS delivery report

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Communication bus fail/restore – User 1... 10

Communication bus fail/restore – SMS delivery report

Temperature info – User 1... 10

Temperature info – SMS delivery report

System started – User 1... 10

System started – SMS delivery report

Periodical info – User 1... 10

Periodical info – SMS delivery report

Wireless signal loss – User 1... 10

Wireless signal loss – SMS delivery report

Unable to arm – User 1... 10

Unable to arm – SMS delivery report

Zone bypass - User 1... 10

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Zone bypass – SMS delivery report

Critical CO level - User 1... 10

Critical CO level – SMS delivery report

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Wireless socket signal loss/restore - User 1... 10 Disabled

Wireless socket signal loss/restore – SMS delivery report

Disabled

Enabled Report/Control zone triggered - User 1... 10

Report/Control zone triggered - SMS delivery report

Incoming SMS forwarding - User 1... 10

Incoming SMS forwarding - SMS delivery report

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Wireless communication failed - User 1... 10

Wireless communication failed - SMS delivery report

Disabled

Disabled

Communication with MS failed - User 1... 10

Communication with MS failed - SMS delivery report

Disabled

Disabled

Send to all users simultaneously – all notifications Disabled

Time synchronization

Phone number of the currently inserted SIM card N/A

Time Synchronization

Enabled

Synchronization frequency 30 days

Event Log

Event log Enabled

Zones

Parameter

Z1... Z8 zone name

Z1 type

Z1... Z8 zone status

Z2... Z8 type

Z1... Z8 delay, ms

Z1... Z8 – Stay

Z1... Z8 – Force

Z1... Z8 Tamper name

Default Value

On Board

Zone1... Zone8

Delay

Enabled

Instant

800 milliseconds

Disabled

Disabled

Tamper1... Tamper8

10 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

 

Configurable by:

SMS EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Eldes Utility

  

Delay-type zone – entry delay

Z1... Z8 partition

Z1... Z8 – Shared

Z1... Z8 – audio track

Z1... Z8 – alarm count to bypass

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone

Confirmation Timeout

Tamper 1... 8 status

Z1... Z8 - zone connection type

Delay becomes Instant in STAY mode

Chime

ATZ mode

Arm-disarm by zone No1... No4

Zone name

Zone status

Type

Delay, ms

Stay

Force

Tamper name

Delay-type zone – entry delay

Partition

Shared

Audio track

Alarm count to bypass

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone

Confirmation Timeout

Tamper status

Zone connection type for all EPGM1 zones

Zone name

Zone status

Type

Stay

Force

Tamper name

Delay-type zone – entry delay

Partition

Shared

Audio track

Alarm count to bypass

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone

Confirmation Timeout

Tamper status

Zone name

Zone status

Type

Stay

Force

Tamper name

Delay-type zone – entry delay

Partition

Shared

Audio track

Alarm count to bypass

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone

Confirmation Timeout

Tamper status

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Zone X

Disabled

Instant

Disabled

Disabled

Tamper X

15 seconds

Partition 1

Disabled

N/A

0

N/A

20 seconds

Enabled

15 seconds

Partition 1

Disabled

N/A

0

N/A

20 seconds

Enabled

Type 1

Disabled

Enabled

Disabled

N/A

EPGM1 Module

Zone X

Enabled

Instant

800 milliseconds

Disabled

Disabled

Tamper X

15 seconds

Partition 1

Disabled

N/A

0

N/A

20 seconds

Enabled

Type 1

Wireless Devices

Zone X

Enabled

Depends on the connected wireless device model

Disabled

Disabled

Tamper X

15 seconds

Partition 1

Disabled

N/A

0

N/A

20 seconds

Enabled

Keypads

EN

Zone name

Zone status

Type

Force

Delay-type zone – entry delay

Partition

Shared

Alarm count to bypass

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone

Confirmation Timeout

Tamper status

Parameter

C1... C4 output name

C1... C4 output state

C1... C4 output status

Using module EPGM8

Output name

State

Status

Output name

Type

State

Status

Parameter

MS mode

Main Account

GSM and SMS – attempts

GSM and SMS – tel. number 1... 3

PSTN – treat PSTN call as user call

PSTN – attempts

PSTN – tel. number 1... 3

CSD – attempts

CSD – tel. number 1... 5

Parallel data transfer via IP network

IP Server 1... 3 – IP attempts

IP Server 1... 3 – test period

IP Server 1... 3 – protocol

IP Server 1...3 – account

IP Server 1...3 – unit ID

IP Server 1... 3 – communication protocol

IP Server 1... 3 – server IP

IP Server 1... 3 – server port

IP Server 1... 3 – encryption key - status

IP Server 1... 3 – encryption key

Communication - primary

Communication – backup 1... 5

Retry after delay

Delay after last communication attempt

12 EN

Zone X

Disabled

Instant

Disabled

15 seconds

Partition 1

Disabled

0

N/A

20 seconds

Enabled

Virtual Zones

PGM Outputs

Default Value

Configurable by:

SMS EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

On Board

Control1... Control4

OFF

Enabled

Disabled

EPGM1 Module

ControlX

OFF

Disabled

Wireless Devices

ControlX

Depends on the connected wireless device model

OFF

Disabled

MS Settings

Default Value

Configurable by:

SMS EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Management

Disabled

9999

3

N/A

Disable

3

N/A

3

N/A

Disabled

3

180 seconds

UDP

9999

0000

EGR100

0.0.0.0

20000

Disabled

0000

IP Server 1 (GPRS)

N/A

N/A

1200 seconds

Eldes Utility

Eldes Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

SIA IP protocol settings - encryption

SIA IP protocol settings – encryption key

SIA IP protocol settings – account prefix

SIA IP protocol settings – receiver number

SIA IP protocol settings – use time stamp

SIA IP protocol settings – Contact ID ping

SIA IP protocol settings – data message

Burglary alarm/restore – code

Burglary alarm/restore – status

Main power loss/restore – code

Main power loss/restore – status

Armed/disarmed by user – code

Armed/disarmed by user – status

Test event – code

Test event – status

Battery failed – code

Battery failed – status

Battery dead or missing – code

Battery dead or missing – status

Tamper alarm/restore – code

Tamper alarm/restore – status

Instant Silent zone alarm/restore – code

Instant Silent zone alarm/restore – status

Kronos ping – code

Kronos ping – status

System started – code

System started – status

24H zone alarm/restore – code

24H zone alarm/restore – status

Fire zone alarm/restore – code

Fire zone alarm/restore – status

Low battery – code

Low battery – status

Temperature exceeded – code

Temperature exceeded – status

Temperature fallen – code

Temperature fallen – status

Wireless signal loss/restore – code

Wireless signal loss/restore – status

Disarmed by user (duress code) – code

Disarmed by user (duress code) – status

SGS code entered – code

SGS code entered – status

Armed by user (partial arm) – code

Armed by user (partial arm) – status

RF jammer detected - code

RF jammer detected - status

Siren fail/restore – code

Siren fail/restore – status

Date/time not set – code

Date/time not set – status

GSM connection failed – code

GSM connection failed – status

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – code

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – status

System shutdown – code

System shutdown – status

Communication bus fail/restore – code

Communication bus fail/restore – status

IP connection failed – code

IP connection failed – status

414

Enabled

330

Enabled

360

Enabled

Zone bypass/Bypassed zone activation – code 570

Zone bypass/Bypassed zone activation – status Enabled

Enabled

344

Enabled

321

Disabled

626

Enabled

358

Enabled

359

Disabled

133

Enabled

110

Enabled

302

Enabled

158

Enabled

159

Enabled

381

Enabled

121

Enabled

463

Enabled

456

Enabled

301

Enabled

401

Enabled

602

Enabled

309

Enabled

311

Enabled

144

Disabled

0000

N/A

N/A

Enabled

Disabled

Event: 1602, partition: 01, user/zone: 000

Data Messages

130

Enabled

146

Enabled

602

Enabled

900

Enabled

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

CO sensor lifetime exceeded -code

CO sensor lifetime exceeded -status

Critical CO level - code

Critical CO level - status

380

Enabled

162

Enabled

Report/Control zone triggered/restored – code 150

Report/Control zone triggered/restored – status Disabled

Armed/disarmed in STAY mode – code 441

Enabled Armed/disarmed in STAY mode – status

Configuration via remote connection started - code

Configuration via remote connection started - status

Silent/Panic zone alarm/restore - code

412

Disabled

120

Silent/Panic zone alarm/restore - status

Armed/disarmed automatically - code

Armed/disarmed automatically - status

SMS sending limit reached - code

SMS sending limit reached - status

Failed to arm - code

Failed to arm - status

Communication with MS failed - code

Communication with MS failed - status

Enabled

403

Enabled

358

Disabled

454

Enabled

354

Disabled

Control / Scheduler

Default Value Parameter

PGM output control 1... 16

Scheduler 1... 16

Additional conditions

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Peripheral Devices

Parameter

Keypad 1... 4 partition

Show armed status in keypad

Keypad partition switch

EKB3 mode

Wireless keypads - partition

Wireless keypads – backlight timeout

Wireless keypads – bell

EWS2 LED

Bell squawk

Activate siren if wireless device is lost

EWS3 fire alarm LED

EWS3 alarm LED

Bell squawk enabled if arming in STAY mode

Temperature sensor 1... 8 name

Temperature sensor 1... 8 min. temperature

Temperature sensor 1... 8 max. temperature

Primary

Secondary iButton key name iButton key partition

Allow adding new iButton keys

Default Value

Keypads

Partition 1

Disabled

Disabled

2 partitions

Partition 1

10 seconds

Disabled

Siren

Enabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Temperature Sensors

N/A

0

0

No.1

No.2

N/A

Partition 1

Disabled iButton Keys

14 EN

Configurable by:

SMS EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Eldes Utility

Configurable by:

SMS EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Eldes Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

System

Default Value Parameter

Mains power loss delay

Mains power restore delay

Alarm duration

Wireless channel

30 seconds

Management

120 seconds

1 minute

Depends on firmware

Periodic test

Wireless device lost timeout

Arming is not allowed after 20 mins of wireless communication loss

SMS notifications - day limit

Every 1 day at 11:00

Grade 2

Disabled

SMS notifications - day limit status

SMS notifications - month limit

SMS notifications - month limit status

25

Enabled

400

Enabled

Microphone level

Speaker level

12

85

SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS Disabled

SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS from unknown users

SMS forward settings -forward all received SMS from registered users with wrong syntax or

Disabled

Disabled wrong password

SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS from specified phone number (status)

Disabled

SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS from specified phone number (phone number)

Service mode

N/A

Disabled

Cloud Services

Server address

Port

Disabled ss.eldes.lt

8082

Cloud Services

Ping period

Time zone

Communication

SIM1... SIM2 APN

SIM1... SIM2 user name

SIM1... SIM2 password

DNS1

DNS2

180 seconds

N/A

Via GPRS network

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

GPRS Settings

LAN Settings

DHCP

LAN IP address

LAN net mask

Default gateway

Primary DNS server

Secondary DNS server

Disabled

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

Configurable by:

SMS EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Eldes Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1. Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics

Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics

Power supply 16-24V 50/60 Hz ~1.5A max / 18-24V

Current consumption in idle state w/o external devices connected Up to 80mA

Recommended backup battery voltage, capacity

Recommended backup battery type

12V; 1,3-7Ah

Lead-Acid

Backup battery charge current

Backup battery charge duration

GSM modem frequency

Cable type for GSM/GPRS antenna connection

Number of zones on-board

Nominal zone resistance

Number of PGM outputs on-board

Up to 500mA

Up to 30 hours for 7Ah battery

850/900/1800/1900MHz

Shielded

8 (ATZ mode: 16)

5,6kΩ (ATZ Mode: 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ)

4

On-board PGM output circuit

1 R

OUT

1,5A max

Open collector output.

Output is pulled to COM when turned ON.

Maximum commuting on-board PGM output values (combined)

BELL: Siren output when activated

BELL: Maximum siren output current

BELL: Maximum cable length for siren connection

BELL: Cable type for siren connection

AUX: Auxiliary equipment power supply voltage

AUX: Maximum accumulative current of auxiliary equipment

AUX: Maximum cable length for auxiliary equipment connection

AUX: Cable type for auxiliary equipment connection

BUZ: Maximum current of mini buzzer

BUZ: Power supply voltage of buzzer

BUZ: Cable type for mini buzzer connection

Supported temperature sensor model

Maximum supported number of temperature sensors

DATA: Maximum cable length for 1-Wire communication

DATA: Cable type for 1-Wire communication

Supported iButton key model

Maximum supported number of iButton keys

Maximum supported number of keypads

Y/G: Maximum cable length for RS485 communication

Y/G: Cable type for RS485 communication

Wireless band

Wireless communication range

Maximum supported number of wireless devices

Event log size

Maximum supported number of zones

Maximum supported number of PGM outputs

Cable type for zone and PGM output connection

Generated PSTN line values

Communications

Supported protocols

Dimensions

Operating temperature range

Humidity

4 x 30V; 500mA

Connected to COM

1A

Up to 100m (328.08ft)

Unshielded

13,8V DC

1,1A

Up to 100m (328.08ft)

Unshielded

150mA

12V DC

Unshielded

Maxim®/Dallas® DS18S20, DS18B20

8

Up to 30m (98.43ft)

Unshielded

Maxim®/Dallas® DS1990A

16

4 x EKB2 / EKB3

Up to 100m (328.08ft)

Unshielded

ISM868

Up to 3000m (9842.6ft) in open areas

64

1024 events

144

48

Unshielded

Voltage: 48V; current: 25mA; impedance: 270Ω

SMS, Voice calls, GPRS network, CSD, PSTN, Ethernet via ELAN3-ALARM

Ademco Contact ID, EGR100, Kronos, Cortex SMS, SIA IP

140x100x18mm (5.51x3.94x0.71in)

-20...+55°C (-4... +131°F)

0-90% RH @ 0... +40°C (0-90% RH @ +32... +104°F)

(non-condensing)

16 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

2.2. Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality

Main Unit Functionality

GSM MODEM GSM network 850/900/1800/1900MHz modem

SIM CARD1

SIM CARD2

Primary SIM card slot / holder

Secondary SIM card slot / holder

DEF

USB

FUSE F1

W-LESS ANT

GSM/GPRS ANT

Pins for restoring default settings

Mini USB port

2A fuse

Wireless antenna SMA type connector

GSM/GPRS antenna SMA type connector

MODULES* Slots for EPGM8 module

W-LESS ANT

DEF

PRG

USB

Z1 CO Z2 Z3 CO Z6 Z7

LED Functionality

NETW GSM network signal strength

C1

C2

PGM output C1 status - ON/OFF

PGM output C2 status - ON/OFF

C3

C4

STAT

PGM output C3 status - ON/OFF

PGM output C4 status - ON/OFF

Micro-controller status

NETW indication

OFF

Flashing every 3 sec.

Flashing every 1 sec.

Flashing several times per sec.

Steady ON

GSM signal strength

No GSM signal

Poor

Medium

Good

Excellent

Z1 - Z8

Y

G

COM

BELL-

BELL+

AUX-

AUX+

AC/DC

AKU-

Connector Functionality

TIP* PSTN (landline) terminal

RING*

DATA

PSTN (landline) terminal

1-Wire interface for iButton key and temperature sensor connection

+5V

BUZ-

BUZ+

C1 - C4

Temperature sensor power supply terminal (+5V)

Buzzer negative terminal

Buzzer positive terminal

PGM output terminals

Security zone terminals

RS485 interface CLOCK terminal (yellow wire)

RS485 interface DATA terminal (green wire)

Common return terminal

Siren negative terminal (Commutated)

Siren positive terminal (Constant voltage)

Negative power supply terminal for auxiliary equipment

Positive power supply terminal for auxiliary equipment

Main power supply terminals

Backup battery negative terminal

AKU+ Backup battery positive terminal

* - implementable ONLY if ESIM384 device hardware version is up to V5.

SIM CARD1

SIM CARD2

GSM/GPRS ANT

1

MODULES

AKU+

AKU-

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

2.3. Wiring Diagrams

2.3.1. General Wiring

2

Z1 CO Z2 Z3 CO Z6 Z7 BELL- BELL+

AKU+

AKU-

Backup Battery

12V 1.3-7Ah

Metal cabinet

PE terminal

~16-24V

Fuse 500 mA

~230V 50/60Hz

Z1 Z2 Z5 Z6 Z7 Z8

BUZ

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NO

SIREN/BELL

1A max.

iButton® key reader

Relay module

Temperature sensor

2.3.2. Zone Connection Types

Type 1 Example of 4-wire smoke detector wiring

3

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NO

8-Zone mode: Normally open contact with 5,6KΩ end-ofline resistor.

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NC

5,6 kΩ

COM

NO

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

COM

3.3K

NC

EPGM1

7

*

1

4

8

0

2

5

9

#

3

6

EKB3

GND

+Vin

EKB2

Z

5.6K

3.3K

COM

NC

NC

Type 2

4

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NC

Example of magnetic door contact wiring

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

COM

3.3K

NC

Z

5.6K

3.3K

COM

NC

NC

8-Zone mode: Normally closed contact with 5,6KΩ end-ofline resistor

NC COM

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

5.6K

NC

COM

3.3K

NC

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

5.6K

NC

COM

3.3K

NC

18 EN

Magnet

NOTE: 2-wire smoke sensors support is NOT available for old firmware versions (i.e. for FW versions V01.05.11 and earlier).

Type 3

Based on the example given, in the event of an alarm, the smoke detector could be reset by turning OFF and ON the PGM output

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NO

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NO

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NO

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NC

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NC

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

COM

3.3K

NC

Z

EOL 5.6K

COM

NC

5

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

COM

3.3K

NC

8-Zone mode: Tamper and 5,6KΩ end-of-line resistor and 3,3KΩ end-of-line resistor with normally closed contact.

Z COM

5.6K

3.3K

NC

NC

5,6 kΩ 3,3 kΩ

NC

TAMP

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

5.6K

COM NC

COM

3.3K

NC

GND

+Vin

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

COM

3.3K

NC

Z

5.6K

3.3K

COM

NC

NC

Type 4

6

Z COM

5.6K

3.3K

NC

NC

ATZ mode: 5,6KΩ end-of-line resistor and normally closed contact with 3,3KΩ end-of-line resistor and normally closed contact

Example of magnetic door contact (Z1) and glass break sensor (Z9) wiring

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

5.6K

NC

COM

3.3K

NC

NC COM

COM GND

Magnet

NC

+Vin

Type 5

7

Z

EOL 5.6K

TAMPER

5.6K

NC

COM

3.3K

NC

ATZ mode: Tamper,

5,6KΩ end-of-line resistor, 5,6KΩ end-of-line resistor with normally closed contact and 3,3KΩ end-of-line resistor with normally closed contact.

Example of motion detector (Z1) and magnetic door contact (Z9) wiring

5,6 kΩ 5,6 kΩ 3,3 kΩ

COM

NC

TAMP

GND

+Vin

NC COM

Magnet

See also 14.3. 8-Zone Mode and 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

2.3.3. Siren

8

BELL- BELL+ Piezo siren

1 Connect positive siren wire (red) to BELL+ terminal.

2 Connect negative siren wire (black) to BELL- terminal.

SIREN/BELL

1A max.

BLACK -

RED +

9

GND

SIREN/BELL

1A max.

+12V

BELL

BELL- BELL+

Self-contained siren

1 Connect negative GND siren wire to COM terminal.

2 Controlling BELL siren wire must be connected to BELL- terminal.

3 Connect positive +12V siren wire to BELL+ terminal.

10

SIREN/BELL

1A max.

BLACK 3,3kΩ 3,3kΩ

RED +

Siren status monitoring

NOTE: Siren status monitoring feature supervises the resistance across BELL+ and BELL- terminals.

The resistance must be ranging from 1kΩ through

3,3kΩ, otherwise the system will indicate system fault. In order to view the siren resistance value, please refer to Diagnostic Management feature available on Eldes Utility.

11

BELL- BELL+ No siren status monitoring

If the siren status monitoring feature is not required, do not connect any resistor in parallel and disable siren fault indication on the keypad (see 29.

INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).

SIREN/BELL

1A max.

BLACK -

RED +

See also 20. SIREN/BELL.

NOTE: BELL- is the commuted terminal intended for siren control.

NOTE: Siren status monitoring feature supervises the resistance across BELL+ and BELL- terminals. The resistance must be ranging from

1kΩ through 3,3kΩ, otherwise the system will indicate system fault. In order to view the siren resistance value, please refer to Diagnostic

Management feature available on Eldes Utility .

20 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

2.3.4. iButton Key Reader and Buzzer

12

BUZ- BUZ+

+ BUZZER iButton key reader

DS1990A

NOTE: The installation of buzzer is not necessary if EKB2/EKB3 keypad is used.

Supported iButton key model: Maxim/Dallas

DS1990A

The iButton key reader can be installed with buzzer or separately. The buzzer is intended for audio indication of exit/entry delay countdown providing short beeps.

1 Connect iButton key reader brown and white wires to 1-Wire interface: COM and DATA terminals respectively.

2 Connect buzzer‘s negative terminal wire to BUZ- and positive terminal wire to BUZ+.

ATENTION: The cable length for connection to 1-Wire interface can be up to 30m (98.43ft) max.

2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader

Supported iButton key model: Maxim/Dallas DS1990A

Supported temperature sensor model: Maxim/Dallas DS18S20, DS18B20

13

DATA +5V DATA +5V DATA +5V

DATA

GND +5V

Temperature sensor

DS18S20

GND DATA +5V

DS1990A

Temperature sensor

DS18S20

GND

DATA

+5V iButton key reader

Digital thermometer

with 3m (9.84ft) wire

Vinson DS18B20

1 Depending on the model, connect temperature sensor GND/black wire, DATA/yellow wire, +5V/red wire terminals to 1-Wire interface: COM, DATA and +5V terminals respectively.

2 When connecting iButton key reader in parallel to temperature sensor, connect iButton key rea der terminal wires to COM and DATA terminals respectively.

ATENTION: The cable length for connection to 1-Wire interface can be up to 30m

(98.43ft) max.

2.3.6. Relay Finder (for example, model 40.61.9.12) with Terminal Socket (for example, model 95.85.3) to PGM Output

Example of relay wiring for negative PGM output control

14

1 Wire up relay A1 terminal to PGM output Cx and

A2 terminal to AUX+.

2 In addition, connect the switching diode to relay‘s A2 and A1 terminals.

A1

COIL

A2

RELAY

NOTE: We highly recommend using switching diode model 1N4148 or similar.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Example of relay wiring for positive PGM output control

15

1 Wire up relay A1 terminal to PGM output‘s Cx terminal and A2 terminal to AUX+ and one of the relay‘s switch contacts: NC or NO.

2 In addition, connect the switching diode to relay‘s A2 and A1 terminals.

COIL

A1 A2

RELAY

NOTE: We highly recommend using switching diode model 1N4148 or similar.

2.3.7. RS485

Serial Wiring Method

ESIM384 a

EKB2/EKB3 b

EKB2/EKB3

Max. cable length: a+b+c+d+e+f+g= up to 100m (328.08ft) c

EKB2/EKB3 d

EKB2/EKB3 e

EPGM1 f

EPGM1 g

ELAN3-ALARM

ATTENTION: The cable length must not exceed 100m (328.08ft) in total.

ATTENTION: When wiring more than 1 keypad and/or EPGM1 module, please ensure that the set address of each keypad and/or EPGM1 module is different.

NOTE: If necessary, the RS485 devices can be powered from an external 12-14V DC power supply instead of AUX+ and AUX- terminals

NOTE: You may connect only 1 EKB2/EKB3 keypad or a mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads. The combination can consist of up to 4 keypads in total.

For more details on RS485 interface, please refer to 32.1. RS485 Interface

22 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Parallel Wiring Method

ESIM384

Max. cable length: up to 100m (328.08ft)

EPGM1 EPGM1 EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3 ELAN3-ALARM EKB2/EKB3

ATTENTION: The cable between ESIM384 and each RS485 device must be of the same length and can NOT exceed 100m (328.08ft).

ATTENTION: When wiring more than 1 keypad and/or EPGM1 module, please ensure that the set address of each keypad and/or EPGM1 module is different.

NOTE: If necessary, the RS485 devices can be powered from an external 12-14V DC power supply instead of AUX+ and AUX- terminals

NOTE: You may connect only 1 EKB2/EKB3 keypad or a mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads. The combination can consist of up to 4 keypads in total.

For more details on RS485 interface, please refer to 32.1. RS485 Interface

2.3.8. RING/TIP

16 to PSTN

(landline)

RING

TIP

ESIM384

ATTENTION: The TIP/RING connectors and PSTN module are NOT included in a standard ESIM384 alarm system unit.

These components are op tional and can be implemented on request in advance.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

3. INSTALLATION

When professional installation, OEM integration or assembly by a third-party is expected, the installation instructions and assembly requirements approved for equipment approval must be provided to the integrators to clearly identify the specific requirements necessary to maintain RF exposure compliance. The grantee of a transmitter, typically the manufacturer, is responsible for ensuring installers and integrators have a clear understanding of the compliance requirements by including the required instructions and documentation with the product and, if necessary, to provide further support to fulfil grantee responsibilities for ensuring compliance. The integrators must be fully informed of their obligations and verify the resolution of any issues and concerns with each transmitter manufacturer or grantee.

• The system can be installed in a metal or non-flammable cabinet only. For a convenient installation, ME1 metal cabinet is highly recommended. The metal cabinet must always be grounded as well as ESIM384 system’s PCB by connecting one of the COM terminals to the

PE contact of the metal cabinet.

• For the connection of 230V transformer, use 3x0.75 mm 2 1 thread double isolated cable. 230V power supply cables must not be grouped with low voltage cable group.

• For the connection of auxiliary and BELL outputs, use 2x0.75 mm 2 1 thread unshielded cable of up to 100m (328.08ft) length.

• For the connection of zone/PGM output connectors, use 0.50 mm 2 1 thread unshielded cable of up to 100m (328.08ft) length.

SYSTEM INSTALLATION IN ME1 METAL CABINET AND ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS

17

AC230V

COM AC/DC

18V

N L

TRANSFORMER

FUSE

FUSE COM

Fuse

315mA Tamper Transformer

PE terminal

Common terminal

AC/DC

Main power supply terminal

AC/DC Main power wire

24 EN

18V

AC voltage Null

N

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

L

Phase

ELAN3-ALARM

18

TRANSFORMER

ESIM384 + EPGM1

19

TRANSFORMER

TRANSFORMER

TRANSFORMER

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

ME1 METAL CABINET CONTAINING ALL COMPONENTS

20 21

12 V BATTERY

TRANSFORMER

NOTE: The standard ME1 metal cabinet does NOT contain all of plastic standoffs, the quantity and the type of which depends on your additionally acquired device.

NOTE: Insert the plastic standoffs into the appropriate mounting points and fix the circuit board of selected device on the holders as indicated above (in pics on page 25).

NOTE: In order to appropriately install EPGM1 module, please install it in the first place and ESIM384 alarm system afterwards. EPGM1 must be mounted on shorter plastic standoffs, while ESIM384 and ELAN3-ALARM – on the longer ones. The mounting points of EPGM1 module and

ESIM384 system are indicated in pics on page 25.

NOTE: You also may wire up the accessories, such as keypads, zone and PGM output expansion modules, ELAN3-ALARM module, temperature sensors. If you choose to install the buzzer, it must be closer to iButton key reader in order to hear the exit delay countdown.

1. Disable the PIN code of the SIM card by inserting it into a mobile phone and following the proper menu steps. Ensure that the additional services, such as voice mail, call forwarding, report on missed/busy calls (“call catcher”) are disabled on the SIM card. For more details on how to disable these services, please contact your GSM operator.

2. Once the PIN code is disabled, place the SIM card into the SIM CARD1 slot of the alarm system. If Dual-SIM feature is to be used, insert another SIM card into the SIM CARD2 slot. For more details, please refer to 31. DUAL-SIM MANAGEMENT.

22 23 24

Inserting a SIM card into SIM

CARD1 slot is mandatory as it is the main SIM card slot, while using a SIM card in SIM CARD2 slot is optional.

25 26

26 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

3. Connect the GSM/GPRS and wireless antennas and follow the recommendations for the installation:

27

GSM/

GPRS and/or wireless antenna

Never install in the following locations:

• inside the metal cabinet

• closer than 20cm (7.87in) from the metal surface and/or power lines

28

20cm (7.87in) or more

GSM/GPRS

antenna

Wireless antenna

Recommended installation:

• keep the distance of at least

20cm (7.87in) or more.

4. If one or more wireless devices are to be paired, follow the recommendations for the installation to achieve the strongest wireless signal:

29

Wireless device

Never install in the following locations:

• inside the metal cabinet

• closer than 20cm (7.87in) from the metal surface and/or power lines

30

0.5 m to 30 m

(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the building

0.5 m to 150 m

(1.64 to 492.13ft)

in open areas

Wireless device

Wireless antenna

Recommended installation:

• face the front side of the wireless device towards the antenna

• keep the distance: 0,5 to 30m

(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the building, 0,5 to 3000m (1.64 to

9842.6ft) in open areas

For more details on how to install the wireless devices, please refer to chapter 41.RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND SIGNAL PENE-

TRATION manual and the latest user manual of the wireless device located at www.eldesalarms.com

5. Power up the system and wait until indicator STAT lights up (see 2.2 Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality).

6. Indicator STAT should be flashing indicating successful micro-controller operation.

7. The illuminated indicator NETW indicates that the system successfully registered to GSM network. To find the strongest GSM signal, place the GSM/GPRS antenna and follow the indications provided by NETW indicator (see 2.2 Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connec-

tor Functionality).

8. Change the default SMS password (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE for more details).

9. Set the phone number for User 1 (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for more details).

10. Set system date and time (see 9. DATE AND TIME for more details).

11. Once the system is fully configured, it is ready for use. However, if you fail to receive an SMS reply from the system, please check the

SMSC (Short Message Service Center) phone number. For more details regarding the SMS centre phone number, please refer to 27.1.

SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number.

12. If it is required to change the batteries for the wireless devices or carry out other system maintenance tasks, please activate the Service mode. For more detail regarding this mode, please refer to 33. SERVICE MODE.

ATTENTION: The system is NOT compatible with pure 3G SIM cards. Only 2G/GSM SIM cards and 3G SIM cards with 2G/GSM profile enabled are supported. For more details, please contact your GSM operator.

NOTE: The installation of iButton key reader, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, EWK2 wireless keyfob is not mandatory. However, it is recommended to have those devices installed as an emergency switch in case your mobile phone is switched off or missing.

NOTE: For maximum system reliability we recommend you do NOT use a Pay As You Go SIM card. Otherwise, in the event of insufficient credit balance on the SIM card, the system would fail to make a phone call or send messages.

NOTE: We advise you to choose the same GSM SIM provider for your system as for your mobile phone. This will ensure the fastest, most reliable SMS text message delivery service and phone call connection.

NOTE: Even though alarm system ESIM384 installation process is not too complicated, we still recommend to perform it by a person with basic knowledge in electrical engineering and electronics to avoid any system damage.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

4. GENERAL OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION

When the system is being armed, it will initiate the exit delay countdown intended for the user to leave the secured area. During the countdown period the buzzer will emit short beeps. By default, exit delay duration is 15 seconds. After the countdown is complete, the system will become armed and lock the configuration by keypad possibility. In case the user does not leave the secured area before the countdown is complete, the system will STAY-arm if at least 1 zone has Stay attribute enabled. By default, if there is at least 1 violated zone or tamper, the user will not be able to arm the system until the violated zone or tamper is restored. In case it is required to arm the alarm system despite the violated zone presence, the violated zone can be bypassed or Force attribute enabled. After the system is armed and if a zone

(depending on type) or tamper is violated, the system will cause an alarm lasting for 1 minute (by default), During the alarm, the siren/bell will provide an alarm sound along with the buzzers of the keypads. By default, the system will also makes a phone call and send an SMS text message containing the violated zone or tamper number to a listed user phone number and indicate the violated zone or tamper number on the keypad. If another zone or tamper is violated or the same one is restored and violated again during the alarm, the system will act as mentioned previously, but will not extend the alarm time.

After the user enters the secured area, the system will initiate the entry delay countdown intended for system disarming. During the countdown period, the buzzer will emit a steady beep. By default, entry delay duration is 15 seconds. After the user successfully performs the disarming process, the system will unlock the keypads. If the user does not disarm the system in time, the alarm system will cause an instant alarm.

NOTE: The alarm will be caused even if a tamper is violated while the system is disarmed.

For more details, please refer to 12. ARMING AND DISARMING.

28 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

5. CONFIGURATION METHODS

!!! While writing an SMS message, a single space MUST be left after every SMS password (e.g.: 1111 STATUS). There must be no spaces or other unnecessary characters at the beginning and at the end of the SMS text message.

5.1. SMS Text Messages

SMS

In order to configure and control the system by SMS text message, send the text command to the ESIM384 system phone number from one of the listed user phone numbers. The structure of SMS text message consists of 4-digit SMS password

(the default SMS password is 0000 – four zeros), the parameter and value. For some parameters the value does not apply e. g.

STATUS. The variables are indicated in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is indicated in brackets.

NOTE: By default the SMS password is 0000, which is necessary to change.

5.2. EKB2 LCD Keypad

EKB2

The system configuration and control by EKB2 keypad is carried out by navigating throughout the menu section list displayed on LCD screen. To navigate in the menu path, touch ↓ , ↑ keys to select the desired menu section and touch OK key to open the selected section. To enter a required value, use 0... 9 keys and touch OK key for confirmation or cancel/go one menu section back by touching ← key. The value can be typed in directly by touching 0... 9 keys while highlighting the desired menu section.

EKB2 menu type is “circle”, therefore when the last section in the menu list is selected, you will be brought back to the beginning of the list after touching the ↓ key. In this installation manual, the menu path is based on the EKB2 menu tree by starting at home screen view (see 32.1.1.2. Master and User Menu Tree and 32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree). The variables are provided in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is provided in brackets.

Activate

Configuration mode

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Deactivate

Configuration mode

EKB2 Return to home screen view

NOTE: By default, menu section CONFIGURATION is secured with installer code. The default installer code is 1470, while the default master code is 1111.

NOTE: The system can be configured using only one keypad at a time. Other connected keypads will be inactive while the menu section

CONFIGURATION is opened. The inactive EKB2 keypads will display icon.

NOTE: The keypad will automatically exit the menu section CONFIGURATION and return to home screen view if 1 minute after the last key-touch expires.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

5.3. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypads

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

The system configuration and control by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad is carried out by activating the Configuration mode (i.e. by pressing tion and

*

key, which is the 1st character for Configuration mode activation and deactivation), followed by the installer code (by default -1470) and entering a valid configuration command using the number keys 0 9 , key for confirma-

key to clear the characters that have been typed. Alternatively, the user can wait for 10 seconds until the keypad buzzer will provide a long beep indicating that the entered characters have been cleared. When typing in the characters, the indication of each pressed key is provided by short beep of keypad buzzer and red indicators when the number keys are being pressed. Some commands require , , and

0 9

keys as well. The structure of a standard configuration command is a combination of digits. The commands, which do not require the Configuration mode being activated, are noted.

The variables are provided in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is provided in brackets.

NOTE: If you have accidentally typed in an unnecessary character, please press provide a long beep indicating that the typed in characters have been cleared.

*

key or wait for 10 seconds until the keypad buzzer will

NOTE for EKB3W/EWKB4: Even if Back-light Timeout has expired, the character will be considered as typed in once the appropriate EK-

B3W/EWKB4 key is pressed. For more details, please refer to 19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout.

EN50131-1

GRADE 3

Activate

Configuration mode

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter installer and master codes:

iiiiii mmmmmm #

Value: iiiiii – 6-digit installer code; mmmmmm - 6-digit master code.

Example: 147000111111#

EN50131-1

GRADE 3

Deactivate

Configuration mode

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter installer code:

iiiiii #

Value: iiiiii – 6-digit installer code.

Example: 147000#

The following table provides a list of EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 indications, which are relevant during Configuration mode.

Indication

Indicator flashing

Description

Configuration mode activated successfully.

Indicator flashing Valid parameter entered and awaiting for valid value to be entered.

1 long beep Non-existing command or invalid parameter value entered.

3 short beeps Command entered successfully.

NOTE: The default installer code is 1470, while the default master code is 1111. By activating 6-digit password/code format, it will be necessary to extend the installer code, master code and user code by adding 2 extra digits using Eldes Utility .

NOTE: The system can be configured using only one keypad at a time. Other connected keypads will be inactive while the Configuration mode is activated.

5.4. Eldes Utility

Eldes

Utility

Eldes Utility is intended for ESIM384 alarm system configuration locally via USB port or remotely via GPRS network or Ethernet connection (ELAN3-ALARM device required). This software simplifies system configuration process by allowing to use a personal computer in the process. Whilst using Eldes Utility software for the first time, please pay attention that every function and option in every section provided with an individual expalanation, called Hint (put mouse cursor on the “i“ icon) .

5.4.1. Remote Connection

ATTENTION: The system will NOT transmit any data to monitoring station while configuring the system remotely via GPRS network or

Ethernet connection. However, during the remote connection session, the data messages are queued up and transmitted to the monitoring station after the configuration session is over.

ATTENTION: When the Configuration mode is activated by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad or when menu section CONFIGURATION is opened by the installer using EKB2 keypad, remote system configuration is disabled.

ATTENTION: The keypad (-s) become inactive while the system is being configured remotely.

Eldes Utility provides remote system configuration ability via Internet using one of the following methods:

• ELDES proxy server (recommended). The connection can be established on the system via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3-

ALARM communicator.

30 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

• Running TCP/IP server on Eldes Utility (advanced). The connection can be established on the system via GPRS network or Ethernet using

ELAN3-ALARM communicator.

• Direct connection via Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM communicator.

In order to start using the remote configuration feature, please run the step-by-step wizard and follow the steps provided in the start page of Eldes Utility . Please, note that based on the selected method, it might be necessary to send an SMS text message to the system’s phone number in order to initiate the remote connection. By following the steps you will be instructed on what text must be sent to the system’s phone number in such case.

Start the connection with server

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss STCONFIG

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 STCONFIG

5.4.2. Ending the Remote Connection Session

After the remote system configuration is complete, use one of the following methods to end the configuration process:

• Click Disconnect or Stop button and close Eldes Utility .

• The session will automatically expire in 20 minutes. Before the last 5 minutes, the software will offer the user to extend the session for another 20 minutes.

• Alternatively, the connection with the server can be terminated at any time by sending an SMS text message.

Terminate the connection with server

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss ENDCONFIG

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 ENDCONFIG

Once the session is expired or terminated, the system will reply with an SMS text message confirming the end of the session.

5.5. System configuration by USB cable

In order to configure the system by USB cable, the user must plug the specified cable into personal computer’s USB port and launch the pre-installed Eldes Utility. Configuration by USB cable and Eldes Utility does not require the external power supply to be connected to the device. However, the device will NOT fully function when USB-powered .The user will be able to carry out some major part of system’s configuration, with the exception of those functions, which are strictly related to GSM modem (disabled during the selected configuration period) or associated with the Wireless connectivity (also disabled).

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE

For security reasons, the system uses the following type of password and code:

SMS password – 4-digit password used for system arming/disarming and configuration by SMS text messages. By default, SMS password is

0000, which MUST be changed!. SMS password is authorized to carry out the following:

• Access system configuration by SMS text messages.

• Arm/disarm partition.

• Activate/deactivate service mode.

• Set system date and time.

• Add/remove user phone numbers.

• Set SMS password.

• Turn ON/OFF PGM outputs.

• Restart system remotely.

Installer code – 4-digit password used for system configuration by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility . By default, installer code is 1470, which is highly recommended to change. Installer code is authorized to carry out the following:

• Access system configuration by keypad and Eldes Utility .

• Set installer code.

• Set master code.

• Activate/deactivate service mode.

• Set system date and time.

• Add/remove user phone numbers.

• Set SMS password.

• Restore system configuration to default.

• Clear tamper fault (if enabled).

Set SMS password SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: wwww PSW ssss

Value: wwww – 4-digit existing SMS password; ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range –

[0001... 9999].

Example: 0000 PSW 1111

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SMS PASSWORD → OK → ssss → OK

Value: iiii 4-digit installer code; ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range – [0001... 9999].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 14 and new SMS password:

14 ssss #

Value: ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range – [0001... 9999].

Example: 141111#

Config

Tool

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set installer code

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → 1470 → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → INSTALLER CODE → OK → iiii → OK

Value: iii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 16 and new installer code:

16 iiii #

Value: iiii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999].

Example: 162538#

Config

Tool

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

32 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

7. SYSTEM LANGUAGE

The system comes equipped with a single language for communication with the user by SMS text messages and EKB2 keypad menu display.

The system language depends on ESIM384 firmware, which is based on the user’s location.

List of currently available system languages (firmwares):

• Czech

• English

• Estonian

• Finnish

• French

• German

• Greek

• Hungarian

• Italian

• Latvian

• Lithuanian

• Polish

• Portuguese

• Romanian

• Russian

• Slovak

• Icelandic *

• Danish

• Slovenian

• Dutch

• Macedonian

• Spanish

* - supports SMS text messages only.

NOTE: To obtain a firmware that features a different SMS and EKB2 menu language, please contact your local dealer.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

8. USER PHONE NUMBERS

The system supports up to 10 user phone numbers identified as User 1 through 10. When the phone number is set, the user will be able to arm/disarm the system by SMS text messages and free of charge phone calls (see 12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call and 12.2. SMS Text

Message) as well as to configure the system by SMS text messages. User phone numbers are also used to receive alarm phone calls via

GSM connection and SMS text messages from the system (see 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER).

By default, the system accepts incoming calls and SMS text messages from any phone number. Once a user phone number is listed, the system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number (see 8.2. Initiate system’s remote connection from any phone

number).

To set User 1 phone number is mandatory, while the other 9 are optional. The supported phone number formats are the following:

International (with plus) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by SMS text message and Eldes Utility .

International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by SMS text message, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility.

Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example for UK: 0170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by SMS text message, EKB2/ EKB3/EKB3W/

EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility.

Add user phone number

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss NRup:ttteeellnnuumm

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; up – user phone number slot, range – [1... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.

Example: 1111 NR1:+44170911XXXX1

Menu path :

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER → OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 17, user phone number slot and phone number:

17 up ttteeellnnuumm #

Value: up – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.

Example: 17010044170911XXXX1#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View user phone number

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss HELPNR

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 HELPNR

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

34 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Delete user phone number

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss NRup:DEL

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; up – user phone number slot, range – [2... 10].

Example: 1111 NR2:DEL

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →

GSM USER 2... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER → OK → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: NEVER add a phone number of the device’s SIM card as a user phone number!

ATTENTION: Once User 1 phone number is set, it will be restricted to modify it only.

NOTE: Multiple user phone numbers can be set by a single SMS text message,

Example: 1111 NR1:+44170911XXXX1 NR2:+44170911XXXX2 NR6:0170911XXXX3 NR10:+44170911XXXX4

NOTE: Multiple user phone numbers can be deleted by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111 NR2:DEL NR3:DEL NR6:DEL NR9:DEL

NR:10:DEL

8.1. User Phone Number Names

When the system is armed or disarmed by free of charge phone call or SMS text message, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to user phone number that the system arming/disarming was initiated from. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the user phone number.

Manage user phone number name

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

8.2. Initiate system’s remote connection from any phone number

By default, system allows to initiate remote connection (5.4.1. Remote Connection) only from listed user phone numbers. To permit system’s remote connection initiation from any phone number, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Initiate system’s remote connection from any phone number

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss STR:ON

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 STR:ON

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CTRL FROM ANY

NUM → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 12 and parameter status value:

12 1 #

Example: 121#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Users, who initiate system’s remote connection from non-listed phone numbers, WON’T BE ABLE to control the system (i.e. arm or disarm it).

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Forbid system’s remote connection from any phone number

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss STR:OFF

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 STR:OFF

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CTRL FROM ANY

NUM → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 12 and parameter status value:

12 0 #

Example: 120#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

9. DATE AND TIME

The system comes equipped with internal real-time clock (RTC) that keeps track of the current date and time. Once the system is up and running, the user must set the correct date and time, otherwise the system will not operate properly. By default, after shutting down and starting up the system, the date and time must be set again.

Set date and time

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss yyyy.mt.dd hr:mn

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range

– [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].

Example: 1111 2014.03.16 14:33

Menu path: a) OK → uumm → OK → DATE/TIME SETTINGS → OK → yyyy-mt-dd hr:mn → OK b) OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → DATE/TIME SETTINGS → OK → yyyy-mt-dd hr:mn → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59]; iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter installer code to get into Configuration Mode first (see section 5.3

EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypad on page 30 to know how it is done).

When in Configuration Mode, enter parameter 66, date and time values:

66 yyyy mt dd hr mn#

Value: yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range

– [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].

Example: 66201405291235#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION!

To set date and time using EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 command, described above, you MUST enter the Configuration mode first!

Eldes Utility provides the ability to select the Time Zone option. The user may also choose Get PC Time option, which instantly provides the exact PC time.

NOTE: When the system is connected to the monitoring station via IP connection (see 30. MONITORING STATION) and/or when ELDES

Cloud Services feature is in use (see 36. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES), the date and time will be automatically synchronized with the monitoring station or ELDES Cloud Services server upon the system startup. However, SIA IP data format users must enable time synchronization feature using Eldes Utility .

9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization

This feature enables the system to set the date and time automatically without the user being involved in this process. The system supports the following methods of automatic date and time synchronization that are used automatically on system start-up and periodically

36 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

(by default – every 30 days):

Via GSM network – Once enabled, the system automatically sends a date/time request to the GSM operator. This method is the most accurate synchronization method. Some GSM operators might not support it.

By SMS text message – Once enabled, the system automatically sends the SMS text message to its own phone number and retrieves the date and time from the SMS text message reply, as the included date and time is set by the SMSC (SMS center). This method is not as accurate as the synchronization via GSM network, but always effective.

By default, synchronization via GSM network is disabled. To enable/disable automatic date and time synchronization via GSM network, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Enable/disable synchronization via

GSM network

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, synchronization by SMS text message is disabled. To enable/disable automatic date and time synchronization by SMS text message, please enter/remove device phone number using one of the following configuration methods.

Enter/remove device phone number for synchronization by

SMS text message

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

10. MASTER AND USER CODES

NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must remain deactivated before accessing master and user code management using the master code.

The system supports up to 30 numeric codes, identified as Master code and User code 2 through 30, allowing to carry out system arming/ disarming as well as minor system configuration and control by the keypad.

Master code is authorized to carry out the following:

• Arm/disarm partition.

Bypass violated zones.

View violated zones and tampers.

View system faults.

Set system date and time.

View temperature sensor information.

View event log,

View and clear alarm log,

Set/delete user codes.

Turn ON/OFF PGM outputs.

Assign an existing user code as Duress code.

Assign an existing user code as SGS code.

User code is authorized to carry out the following:

• Arm/disarm partition.

Bypass violated zones.

View violated zones and tampers.

View system faults.

Set system date and time.

View temperature sensor information.

View and clear alarm log.

By default, only Master code is listed as 1111 and assigned Partition 1 ONLY. For more details regarding User/Master code partition, please refer to 23.4. User/Master Code Partition.

Set master code EKB2

Menu path: a) OK → vvvv → OK → CODES → OK → MASTER CODE → OK → CODE → OK → mmmm → OK b) OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → MASTER CODE → mmmm → OK

Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code, range – [0000... 9999]; iiii – 4-digit installer code; mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range – [0000... 9999].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4 a) Press , 0, enter existing master code and new master code:

0 vvvv 01 mmmm # mm #

Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm - 4-digit new master code; range -

[0000... 9999].

Example: 01111012222# b) (Only when Configuration Mode is activated);

Enter parameter 63, existing master code and new master code:

63 vvvv mmmm #

Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range –

[0000... 9999].

Example: 6311112222#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

38 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Set user code

EKB2

Menu path:

User code 2... 16: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → USER CODE (2-16) → OK → USER CODE

2... 16 → OK → CODE → OK → uuuu → OK

User code 17... 30: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → USER CODE (17-30) → OK → USER

CODE 17... 30 → OK → CODE → OK → uuuu → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; uuuu – 4-digit user code, range – [0000... 9999].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Press , 0, enter master code, user code slot and user code:

0 mmmm us uuuuu #

Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range - [02... 30]; uuuu - 4-digit user code, range - [0000... 9999].

Example: 01111092556#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Delete user code EKB2

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → REMOVE CODE → OK → uuuu → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; uuuu – 4-digit user code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Press , 0, enter master code and user code slot:

0 mmmm us #

Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range - [02... 30].

Example: 0111109#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: The system does not allow to set a duplicate code.

The user codes ranging from User code 2 through 10 can be set as SGS (Security Guard Service) code, which is used as a checkpoint by a security service guard upon his/her visit in the secured location. When used, a data message, containing a certain event code, will be delivered to the monitoring station. However, NO system arming or disarming will be carried out after entering the SGS code.

Set SGS code

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → SGS CODE → OK → N/A | USER CODE 2... 10 → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; N/A – SGS code not in use.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Press , 4, enter user code slot and enter master code:

4 us mmmm #

Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.

Example: 4041111#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

The Duress code is used when system arming or disarming is demanded by force. When used, the system will arm/disarm as well as it will silently transmit an alert to the monitoring station. Only one of the user codes ranging from User code 2 through 10 can be set as Duress code.

Set Duress code

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → DURESS CODE → OK → N/A | USER CODE 2... 10 → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; N/A – Duress code not in use.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Press , 3, enter user code slot and master code:

3 us mmmm #

Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.

Example: 3081111#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

10.1. Master and User Code Names

When the system is armed or disarmed by entering a master or user code using a keypad, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to user phone number, sharing the same partition (-s) as the keypad and user/master code. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the user/master code.

Manage user/master code name

Config

Tool

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

40 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

11. IBUTTON KEYS

An iButton key is a unique 64-bit ID code containing chip enclosed in a stainless steel tab usually implemented in a small plastic holder.

ESIM384 system supports up to 16 iButton keys each holding a unique identity code (ID), which is used for system arming and disarming.

11.1. Adding and Removing iButton Keys

NOTE: iButton Key 1 can be added without Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode being enabled.

To add an iButton key to the system, do the following: a) Disarm the system in all partitions (see 12. ARMING AND DISARMING).

b) Enable Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode.

c) Touch the key to the iButton key reader when the system is disarmed.

31 d) The successfully added iButton key will be indicated by short beeps emitted by the system’s buzzer.

e) Add as many iButton keys as necessary – touch one key after another to the reader – until the number of 16 keys is reached.

Enable Allow Adding

New iButton Keys mode

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss IBPROG:ON

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 IBPROG:ON

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → NEW IBUTTON → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 18 and parameter status value:

18 0 #

Example: 180#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

When adding of iButton keys is complete, please disable Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Disable Allow Adding

New iButton Keys mode

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss IBPROG:OFF

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 IBPROG:OFF

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → NEW IBUTTON → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 18 and parameter status value:

18 1 #

Example: 181#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

To view the ID of the added iButton keys, please refer to the following configuration methods.

View iButton key ID EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1...16 → OK → ID

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

If the iButton key is lost or stolen, due to security reasons it is highly recommended to remove it from the system.

Remove individual iButton key from the system

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1...16 → OK →

REMOVE → OK

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Remove all iButton keys from the system

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss RESETIB

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 RESETIB

11.2. iButton Key Names

When the system is armed or disarmed by iButton key, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to listed user phone number, sharing the same partition (-s) as the key. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the iButton key.

Manage iButton key name

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

42 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

12. ARMING AND DISARMING

The system features the following methods to carry out arming and disarming process:

• Free of charge phone call

• SMS text message

• EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, EWKB5 touchpad and user/master code

• iButton key

• EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob

• Arm-Disarm by Zone

• EGR100 middle-ware

• Automatic arm/disarm by scheduler

• ELDES Cloud Services platform

The system partitions can be armed/disarmed by the listed user phone number, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code, iButton key, EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob, automatically according to the scheduled weekday and time or zone, which is set up for Arm-Disarm by Zone method. For example, if User 1 phone number is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 4, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1, 2 and 4 by a single phone call to the system (see 23. PARTITIONS).

By default, when the system is successfully armed or disarmed, it replies with confirmation by SMS text message. For more details on SMS text message regarding system arming/disarming and how to manage it, please refer to 12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm

Notifications.

By default, it is allowed to arm the system while the following system faults are present (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS):

• Mains power is lost.

• Low battery.

• Battery dead or missing.

• Battery failed.

• Siren failed.

• Date/time not set.

• GSM connection failed.

• GSM/GPRS antenna failed.

• Wireless antenna failed.

• Keypad lost.

• Wireless power socket (EWM1) fault.

• Wireless device battery low.

• Communication to MS failed.

• RF jammer detected.

In case of violated zone/tamper presence when attempting to arm the system by free of charge phone call, SMS text message, iButton key and Arm-Disarm by Zone method, the system will reply with SMS text message containing violated zone/tamper number. Due to security reasons it is highly recommended to restore the violated zone/tamper before arming the system. For more details on how to arm the system regardless of the violated zone or tamper presence, please refer to 14.6. Zone Attributes, 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones and 16.TAMPERS respectively.

The system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number.

NOTE: The system remembers the last status (armed/disarmed) of all partitions even after complete shut down.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call

To arm, disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm, dial the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user phone numbers

(see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for user phone number management). The phone call is free charge as the system rejects it and carries out arming/disarming procedure afterwards. When arming – the system rejects the phone call after 2 rings, when disarming – the system rejects the phone call immediately. If there is more than one listed user dialling to the system at the same time, the sys tem will accept the incoming call from the user who was the first to dial while other user (-s) will be ignored.

When system’s phone number is dialled for arming, the system will proceed as follows:

• Non-partitioned system:

• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.

• If unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system.

Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling

and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).

• Partitioned system:

• If all partitions are disarmed ready, the system will arm them.

• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready partition (-s) and skip the unready one (-s). The system will then send an SMS text message, containing a list of violated zones/tampers, to user phone number that the system arming was initiated from.

• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip the armed ones.

When a user phone number is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by dialling the system’s phone number. For example, if User 1 is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 3, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1,

2 and 3 by a single phone call to the system from User 1 phone number. For more details on how to set user phone number partition, please refer to 23.2. User Phone Number Partition.

32

CALL

User ESIM384

By default, all listed user phone numbers are granted with permission to arm and disarm the system by free of charge phone call and SMS text message. To disable/enable arming or disarming for certain listed user phone numbers, please refer to the following configuration method.

Manage arming and disarming for listed user phone numbers

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

12.2. SMS Text Message

SMS

To arm the system by SMS text message, send the following text to the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user phone numbers (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for user phone number management).

Arm the system

SMS text message content: ssss ARMp or ssss ARMp,p,p,p

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4].

Example: 1111 ARM1

33

SMS

User ESIM384

44 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

When the SMS text message for arming is sent to the system’s phone number, the system will proceed as follows:

• Non-partitioned system:

• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.

• If unready, the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and

Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).

• Partitioned system:

• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm them.

• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready partition (-s) and skip the unready one (-s). The system will then send an SMS text message, containing a list of violated zones/tampers, to user phone number that the system arming was initiated from.

• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip the armed ones.

To disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm by SMS text message, send the following text to the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user phone numbers:

Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm

SMS text message content: ssss DISARMp or ssss DISARMp,p,p,p

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4].

Example: 1111 DISARM1,2,4

34

SMS

User ESIM384

When a user phone number is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by sending the SMS text message to the system’s phone number. For example, if User 3 is assigned to Partition 2 and 3, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 2 and/or 3 by sending an SMS text message from User 3 phone number. For more details on how to set user phone number partition, please refer to 23.2. User Phone Number Partition.

By default, all listed user phone numbers are granted with permission to arm and disarm the system by free of charge phone call and SMS text message. To disable/enable arming or disarming for certain listed user phone numbers, please refer to the following configuration method.

Manage arming and disarming for listed user phone numbers

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code icon displayed next to the partition name in the home screen view of EKB2 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If icon is displayed instead, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see

14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). icon appears in the home screen view if system fault (-s) exist (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).

When a user/master code is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by EKB2 keypad using partition selection menu. However, if a user/master code is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 4, while EKB2 keypad is assigned to Partition 2, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1, 2 and 4, but the keypad will only display Partition 2 name and the related information in home screen view. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.

Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.

12.3.1. Arming the System

To arm the system by EKB2 keypad, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad

(see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES for user/master code management). By default, the arming process is as follows:

Non-partitioned system - When a valid user code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps, the keypad will switch to home screen view and display the countdown timer.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Arm the system

Enter user/master code: uumm → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Partitioned system - arming a single partition – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition selection menu. Once a partition that is to be armed is selected, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message for 3 seconds followed by partition selection menu. When the keypad back-light timeout expires, the home screen view will follow. If key is touched twice during exit delay, the keypad will return to home screen view and display the countdown timer next to the partition name that is being armed.

Arm the system

Enter user/master code and select partition: uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → [p] partname → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], part-name – up to 15 characters partition name

Partitioned system - arming multiple partitions simultaneously – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition selection menu. Once ARM ALL menu item is selected the system will proceed as follows:

• if all partitions are disarmed-ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display multiple ARMING part-name messages for 3 seconds reflecting each partition the user/master code is assigned to, followed by partition selection menu.

• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (contains violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message (-s) reflecting ready partition (-s), while the unready partition (-s) will be skipped indicated by part-name NOT READY message (-s) followed by partition selection menu. Each message will be displayed for 2 seconds and corresponds to the partition (-s) the user/master code is assigned to.

• if a combination of armed and disarmed-ready partitions exist, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message (-s) seconds reflecting ready partition (-s), while the pre-armed partition (-s) will be skipped. Each message will be displayed for 2 seconds and corresponds to the partition (-s) the user/master code is assigned to.

When the keypad back-light timeout expires, the home screen view will follow. If key is touched twice during exit delay, the keypad will return to home screen view and display the countdown timers next to the partition names the keypad is assigned to.

Arm all partitions simultaneously

Enter user/master code: uumm → OK → ARM ALL → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → ARM ALL → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

When successfully armed:

• the countdown timers will disappear.

• in addition, the keypad may display icon next to the partition name that has been armed (by default – disabled).

Enable/disable Show

ARMED status in keypad

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes and the keypad will display KEYPAD BLOCKED message. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code.

The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired and display KEYPAD UNBLOCKED message

12.3.2. Cancelling System Arming

To cancel the arming process:

Non-partitioned system – Enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.

Partitioned system – Select the partition again, that is currently being armed, from the partition selection menu during exit delay countdown. The keypad will display part-name ARMING TERMINATED message for 2 seconds followed by partition selection menu.

12.3.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm

To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By default, the system disarming process is as follows:

Non-partitioned system – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will switch to home screen view.

46 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm

Enter user/master code: uumm → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Partitioned system - disarming a single partition – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition selection menu. Once a partition that is to be disarmed is selected, the keypad will display part-name DISARMED message for 2 seconds and return to partition selection menu followed by home screen view after the keypad back-light timeout expires.

Alternatively, the key may be touched in order to instantly return to home screen view.

Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm

Enter user/master code and select partition: uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → [p] part-name

→ OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], part-name – up to 15 characters partition name

Partitioned system; disarming multiple partitions simultaneously – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition selection menu. Once DISARM ALL menu item is selected, the keypad will display multiple part-name DISARMED messages for 2 seconds reflecting each partition the user/master code is assigned to and return to partition selection menu followed by home screen view after the keypad back-light timeout expires. Alternatively, the key may be touched in order to instantly return to home screen view.

Disarm all partitions and turn OFF the alarm simultaneously

Enter user/master code: uumm → OK → DISARM ALL → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → DISARM ALL → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

When successfully disarmed, the keypad may display icon next to the partition name that has been disarmed (by default - disabled).

Enable/disable Show

ARMED status in keypad

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes and the keypad will display KEYPAD BLOCKED message. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code.

The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired and display KEYPAD UNBLOCKED message.

12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code

ATTENTION: EKB3 keypad can operate either in 2-partition or in 4-partition mode. The description of the following procedure is based on 4-partition mode operation on EKB3 keypad. The arming/disarming procedure in 2-partition mode using EKB3 keypad would be carried out identically to EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypads. For more details on 2-partition mode, please refer to 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4

Keypads and User/Master Code.

Illuminated indicator on EKB3 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If the indicator is not illuminated, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones and/ or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). Indicator will illuminate or flash if system fault (-s) exist (see 29. INDICATION

OF SYSTEM FAULTS).

The system will arm/disarm the partition corresponding to the one that user/master code and the keypad are assigned to. For example, if User code 4 is assigned to Partition 2, 3 and 4, while EKB3 keypad is assigned to Partition 2, the user will be able to arm/disarm only

Partition 2 by entering User code 4. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.

Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.

12.4.1. Arming the System

To arm the system by EKB3 keypad, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad

(see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES for user/master code management). By default, the arming process is as follows:

Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator along with number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Arm the system

Enter user/master code: uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 2222

Partitioned system – arming a single partition – To arm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the arming process.

Switch keypad partition

Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps:

Value: [1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.

Once the partition is switched and a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

Arm the system

Enter user/master code: uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 2222

Partitioned system - arming all 4 partitions simultaneously – If a user/master code assigned to all 4 partitions exists, user can arm all partitions simultaneously. When this feature is used, the system will proceed as follows:

• if all partitions are disarmed-ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and indicator along with number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (keypad number [1]... [4] key flashing, indicating the partition that contains violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator

(if the keypad is switched to a non-violated partition) along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The ready partition (-s) will be armed and the unready one (-s) will be skipped.

• if a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator (if the keypad is switched to a disarmed partition) along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The disarmed-ready partitions will be armed and the pre-armed ones will be skipped.

Arm all 4 partitions simultaneously

Hold the [0] key, release it after 3 short beeps and enter user/ master code:

0 uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 0 2222

Alternatively, the user can arm multiple partitions one by one (see Partitioned system - arming a single partition above).

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired/

NOTE: Before arming all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user/master code must be assigned to all 4 partitions and the keypad partition switch feature enabled (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).

12.4.2. Cancelling System Arming

To cancel the arming process, enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.

12.4.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm

To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By default, the system disarming process is as follows:

Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/ master code is entered, indicator and the number [1] key will light OFF.

Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm

Enter user/master code: uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 2222

Partitioned system – disarming a single partition – To disarm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the disarming process.

48 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Switch keypad partition

Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps:

Value: [1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.

Once the partition is switched and a valid user/master code is entered, indicator and the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that has been disarmed, will light OFF.

Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm

Enter user/master code: uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 2222

Partitioned system - disarming all 4 partitions simultaneously – If a user/master code assigned to all 4 partitions exists, user can disarm and turn OFF the alarm in all partitions simultaneously. When this feature is used, the system will proceed as follows:

• if all partitions are armed and a valid user/master code is entered, indicator along with the number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light OFF.

• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (keypad number [1]... [4] key flashing, indicating the partition that contains violated zone/tamper), the system will deny simultaneous partition disarming until the partition’s zone/tamper violation is removed.

• if a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator (if the keypad is switched to a disarmed partition) along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The disarmed-ready partitions will be armed and the pre-armed ones will be skipped. In order to disarm all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user must repeat the following command:

Disarm and turn OFF the alarm in all 4 partitions simultaneously

Hold the [0] key, release it after 3 short beeps and enter user/ master code:

0 uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 0 2222

Alternatively, the user can disarm and turn OFF the alarm in multiple partitions one by one (see Partitioned system - disarming a single

partition above).

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired.

NOTE: Before disarming all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user/master code must be assigned to all 4 partitions and the keypad partition switch feature enabled (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).

12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypads and User/Master Code

ATTENTION: The user will be able arm/disarm only the first two system partitions using EKB3W keypad. Partition 3 and Partition 4 are

NOT supported by EKB3W keypad.

Illuminated indicator on EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If the indicator is not illuminated, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating

Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone

Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). Indicator will illuminate or flash if system fault (-s) exist (see 29.

INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).

The system will arm/disarm the partition corresponding to the one that user/master code and the keypad are assigned to. For example, if User code 4 is assigned to Partition 2, while EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad is assigned to Partition 1, the user will be able to arm/disarm only

Partition 2 by entering User code 4. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.

Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.

12.5.1. Arming the System

Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

Arm the system

Enter user/master code: uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 2222

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Partitioned system - arming a single partition – To arm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the arming process.

Switch keypad partition

Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps:

Value: [1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.

Once the partition is switched, indicator will light ON in EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section A (= Partition 1) or B (= Partition 2) and a by entering a valid user/master code, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator will light ON in the respective EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

Arm the system

Enter user/master code: uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 2222

To arm multiple partitions, please arm the partitions one by one by following the aforementioned procedure.

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired/

12.5.2. Cancelling System Arming

To cancel the arming process, enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.

12.5.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm

To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By default, the system disarming process is as follows:

Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/ master code is entered, indicator will light OFF.

Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm

Enter user/master code: uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 2222

Partitioned system - disarming a single partition – To disarm and turn OFF the alarm in a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the disarming process.

Switch keypad partition

Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps:

Value: [1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.

Once the partition is switched, indicator will light ON in EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section A (= Partition 1) or B (= Partition 2) and a by entering a valid user/master code, indicator will light OFF.

Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm

Enter user/master code: uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 2222

To disarm and turn OFF the alarm in multiple partitions, please disarm the partitions one by one by following the aforementioned procedure.

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired.

50 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

12.6. iButton Key

To arm or disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm, touch the iButton key reader by any of 16 available iButton keys (see 11.

iBUTTON KEYS for iBut ton key management). When the iButton is touched to the iButton key reader for arming, the system will proceed as follows:

Non-partitioned system:

• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay and arm.

• If unready, the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling

Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).

Partitioned system:

• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay and arm them.

• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par tition

(-s) and skip the unready one (-s).

• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay, arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip the armed ones.

35

When an iButton key is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able to arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by touching the iButton key to the reader. For example, if iButton 5 is assigned to Partition 1 and 4, the user will be able to arm/ disarm Partition 1 and 4 by touching iButton 5 to the reader. For more details on how to set iButton key partition, please refer to 23.5. iButton Key Partition.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

12.7. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob

EWK2

Overview:

EWK2/EWK2A is a wireless device intended to remotely arm and disarm ESIM384 alarm system, cause system alarm (EWK2A

Panic Alarm) or to control any electric appliance connected to the alarm system’s PGM output (EWK2). The maximum wireless connection range is 150m (492.13ft) (in open areas).

By default, one pair of EWK2 buttons is already configured to arm and disarm the alarm system (configurable). ELDES alarm system supports up to 16 EWK2/EWK2A devices with the same configuration (Public configuration) or up to 5 EWK2/EWK2A devices with custom configuration (Private configuration).

For more information please refer to user manual of EWK2/EWK2A device, located at eldesalarms.com

Non-partitioned system:

To arm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons set to arm the system (by default, EWK 2 - ). When EWK2 button is pressed for arming, the system will proceed as follows:

• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.

• If unready, the system will not arm. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see

14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).

Partitioned system:

To arm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons with Partition Selection action assigned followed by a button with Arm the

System action assigned (by default, EWK 2 - ). When EWK2 button is pressed for arming, the system will proceed as follows:

• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm them.

• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par tition

(-s) and skip the unready one (-s).

• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip the armed ones.

36

Arm the system

To disarm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons set to disarm the system (by default, EWK2 -

37

).

Disarm the system

To verify if the system has been successfully armed, do not release the Arm the System keyfob button and wait for the 3 short keyfob buzzer’s beeps/indicator’s flashes indicating the successfully carried out command. The long beep/flash indicates the unsuccessful command.

When a certain keyfob’s button is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able to arm/disarm the corresponding system partition (-s) assigned to the button with Partition Selection action followed by a button with Arm the System/Disarm the

System action. For more details on how to set the keyfob partition, please refer to Eldes Utility ‘s documentation.

NOTE: Single EWK2 keyfob button can be configured to carry out Partition Selection and Control Output/Output Toggle/Output Pulse actions.

In such case the PGM output control action will be executed with a 3-second delay once the button is pressed and in case it is not followed within a 3-second period by a button with Arm the System or Disarm the System action assigned.

52 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

12.8. Arm-Disarm by Zone

ARM/

DISARM

ZONE

The Arm-Disarm by Zone feature allows to use a zone for arming and disarming the alarm system. The process is performed by applying a low-level pulse for more than 3 seconds to the specified zone. It means that violating and restoring the zone leads to system arming and by repeating this action the system becomes disarmed. The system will arm/disarm the partition (-s) that the zone is assigned to. Up to 4 on-board zones can be set to arm/disarm up to 4 system partitions by this method.

Set zone for Arm-

Disarm by Zone method

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ARM/DISARM BY ZONE → OK → ZONE 1... 4 → OK → nn

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; nn – on-board zone number, range – [01... 16].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 34, on-board zone slot and zone number:

34 z nn #

Value: z – on-board zone slot for Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4]; nn – on-board zone number, range – [01... 16].

Example: 34023#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable Arm-Disarm by

Zone method

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ARM/DISARM BY ZONE → OK → ZONE 1... 4 → OK → 0

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 34, on-board zone slot and parameter status value:

34 z 00 #

Value: z – on-board zone slot for Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4].

Example: 34200#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

12.9. Automatic Arm/Disarm by Scheduler

The system comes equipped with an automatic arm/disarm feature that operates according to the specified weekday and time. This feature requires to set up the Start Time value of a certain scheduler and assign it to either Arm System or Disarm System action, which is associated with a certain partition (all partitions).

Manage automatic arm/disarm method

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on the scheduler management, please refer to 18.6.2. Schedulers.

12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm Notifications

By default, when the system is successfully armed or disarmed, it replies with confirmation by SMS text message to:

• user phone number, sharing the same partition as EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code, iButton key, EWK2 wireless keyfob or zone, set up for Arm/Disarm by Zone method.

• user phone number that the system arming/disarming by free of charge phone call was initiated from.

• user phone number that the system arming/disarming by SMS text message was initiated from.

The confirmation SMS text message is sent to the user phone number regarding each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name assigned to user phone number, user/master code or iButton key. For more details on names, please refer to 8.1. User Phone Number Names, 10.1. User/Master Code Names and 11.2. iButton Key Names.

To disable/enable this notification for individual user phone number, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Disable arm/disarm notification

EKB2

Menu path:

System armed:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Disable arm/disarm notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

System disarmed:

User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

System armed event

User phone number: 25 01 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 01 0 #

System disarmed event

User phone number: 25 02 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 02 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2502040#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable arm/disarm notification

EKB2

Menu path:

System armed:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

System disarmed:

User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → ENBABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

System armed event

User phone number : 25 01 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 01 1 #

System disarmed event

User phone number: 25 02 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 02 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2502061#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: The system will always deliver an SMS notification to the user after arming/disarming the system by SMS text message or Call method, even if the arm/ disarm SMS notification is disabled.

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

54 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY

When arming, the system initiates the exit delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) intended for the user to leave the secured area. The exit delay is indicated by short beeps emitted by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer and buzzer, connected to the alarm system.

When arming:

• a non-partitioned system, a countdown timer will be displayed in the home screen view of EKB2 during exit delay.

• a partitioned system, EKB2 keypad will display ARMING part-name message on the screen for 2 seconds and switch to partition selection menu during exit delay.

Exit delay is provided when arming the system by the following methods:

• EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code.

• iButton key.

• Arm/Disarm by Zone.

To arm the system without exit delay, use one of the following system arming methods:

• Free of charge phone call.

• SMS text message.

• EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob

• EGR100 middle-ware.

Set exit delay

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss EXITDELAY:p,ext or ssss EXITDELAY:p,ext;p,ext;p,ext;p,ext

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.

Example: 1111 EXITDELAY:1,20;3,43

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EXIT DELAY → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK → ext → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;, ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 72, partition number and exit delay duration:

72 pp ext #

Value: pp – partition number, range – [01... 04], ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.

Example: 7203259#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Alternatively, you can set exit delay value to “0” in order to arm the system without exit delay by any available method.

NOTE: EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer will only beep if the keypad is operating in the partition where exit delay countdown is in progress.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Once the exit delay has expired, the system is armed. Upon return and violation of delay zone, the system will initiate the entry delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) after the user has entered the secured area. The countdown is indicated by short beeps provided emitted by keypad internal buzzer. Once the user presses/touches any key on the keypad during this delay, the buzzer of the keypad will be silenced.

Entry delay countdown is intended for user to enter a valid user code and disarm the system before the alarm is caused.

Set entry delay for

Delay zone

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss ENTRYDELAY:nn,eeeee or ssss ENTRYDELAY:nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144], eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 9999] seconds.

Example: 1111 ENTRYDELAY:1,25;54,14;12,20

EKB2

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK

→ ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK

Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD

ZONE → OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →

OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 9999] seconds.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 54, partition number and entry delay duration:

54 nn eeeee #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144] , eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 9999] seconds

Example: 5403259#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer will not sound during entry delay if the violated Delay type zone is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.

For more details on zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.

56 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

14. ZONES

Detection devices such as motion detectors and door contacts are connected to the alarm system’s zone terminals. Once connected, the associated zone’s parameters must be configured.

ESIM384 comes equipped with 8 on-board zones allowing to connect up to 8 detection devices. For more details regarding zone expansion, please refer to 14.2. Zone Expansion.

ESIM384 zones are classified by 5 categories:

Zone category

On-board zones

Keypad zones

EPGM1 zones

Wireless zones

Virtual zones

Description

Max. number of zones per device

Built-in wired zones of ESIM384 alarm system.

8/16*

Hardwired zones of EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad. 1

16 Zones of EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module.

Non-physical zones automatically created by connected wireless devices.

4**

Non-physical zones intended for Panic button feature (alarm activation upon pressing the button) on EWK2 wireless keyfob. Virtual zones can be manually created using Eldes Utility .

64****

Max. number of zones in total

8/16*

4

32

128***

64****

* - 8-Zone mode is enabled by default. ATZ mode doubles the on-board zone number and increases it to 16 in total.

** - Depends on the paired wireless device.

*** - Available only if no keypad zones, EPGM1 zones and virtual zones are present.

**** - Available only if no keypad zones, EPGM1 zones and wireless zones are present.

14.1. Zone Numbering

The zone numbers ranging from Z1 through Z16 are permanently reserved for on-board zones even when ATZ mode is disabled. The

Z17-Z144 zone numbers are automatically assigned in the chronological order to the created virtual zones and the devices connected to the system: keypads, wireless devices, EPGM1 modules.

14.2. Zone Expansion

For additional detection device connection, the number of zones can be expanded by:

• enabling the ATZ (Advanced Technology zone) mode (see 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode).

• connecting EPGM1 hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module.

• connecting keypads (see 32.1.1. EKB2 – LCD Keypad, 32.1.2. EKB3 – LED Keypad and 19.4. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED

Keypad).

• pairing wireless devices (see 19. WIRELESS DEVICES).

• creating virtual zones (see Eldes Utility ’s Help section).

The maximum supported number of zones is 144.

14.3. 8-Zone Mode

By default, ESIM384 alarm system runs in the 8-Zone mode under zone connection Type 1 allowing to connect up to 8 detection devices of

NO (normally-open) type to the on-board zone terminals as indicated in the wiring diagram of Type 1. Different zone connection types of

8-Zone mode can be individually assigned to each on-board zone.

The EPGM1 module supports “non ATZ” mode only, while the selected zone connection type applies to hardwired zones of EPGM1 module altogether. By default, EPGM1 module runs under zone connection Type 1. However, a mixed combination of Type 1 and Type 2 zone connection types is supported simultaneously regardless of the type (Type 1 or Type 2) selected in the system’s configuration. Once Type 3 zone connection type is selected, the detection device wiring on EPGM1 module zones must be done according to the wiring diagram of the associated type.

The keypads support Type 1 and Type 2 wiring. A mixed combination of both zone connection types is supported by keypad zones.

Zone connection types featured by 8-Zone mode are following:

• Type 1 – Parallel wiring of NO (normally-open) detection device with 5,6kΩ EOL (end-of-line) resistor.

• Type 2 – Consecutive wiring of NC (normally-closed) detection device with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor.

• Type 3 – Combination of serial and parallel wiring of tamper with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor and NC detection device with 3,3kΩ EOL resistor.

For zone wiring diagrams of the “non ATZ” mode, please refer to 2.3.2. Zone Connection Types.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Set zone connection type of “non ATZ” mode for on-board and

EPGM1 zones

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Type 3 is NOT supported by keypad zones.

14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode

The ATZ mode is a software-based feature that doubles the number of on-board zones and enables two detection devices to be installed per 1 zone terminal. Once this mode is enabled, the zone connection Type 4 is set automatically. The detection devices must be wired to the on-board zone terminals as indicated in the wiring diagram of the associated zone connection type. Different zone connection types of ATZ mode can be individually assigned to each on-board zone pair i.e. Z1 - Z9, Z2 - Z10 etc. .

Once enabled, the ATZ mode DOES NOT affect EPGM1 zones, nor keypad zones and applies to on-board zones only. The ATZ mode is NOT supported by EPGM1 and keypad zones.

Zone connection types featured by ATZ mode are the following:

• Type 4 – Parallel wiring of 2 NC (normally-closed) detection devices with 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ EOL (end-of-line) resistors respectively.

5,6kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z1 through Z8, while 3,3kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z9 through Z16.

• Type 5 – Combination of consecutive and parallel wiring of tamper with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor and 2 NC (normally-closed) detection devices with 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ EOL resistors respectively. 5,6kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z1 through Z8, while 3,3kΩ

EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z9 through Z16.

For zone wiring diagrams of the ATZ mode, please refer to 2.3.2. Zone Connection Types.

Enable ATZ mode EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ATZ MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 28 and parameter status value:

28 1 #

Example: 281#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable ATZ mode EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ATZ MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 28 and parameter status value:

28 0 #

Example: 280#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set zone connection type of ATZ mode for on-board zones

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

14.5. Zone Type Definitions

58 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

• Interior Follower – The zone can be violated during exit and entry delay without causing an alarm. If the zone is violated before the entry delay has begun, it will cause an instant alarm followed by single notification delivery even if the zone has been violated multiple times while alarm period (by default - 1 minute) is in progress. If another Interior Follower-type zone has been violated it should act in the same way - cause an instant alarm followed by single notification delivery even if the zone has been violated multiple times while alarm period (by default - 1 minute) is in progress.

• Instant – The alarm is instantly caused if this zone is violated when the system is armed or during entry delay. This zone type is usually used for doors, windows, shock sensors or other zones.

• 24-Hour – When the system is either armed or disarmed, the zone will cause instant alarm if violated. Normally, this type of zone is used for securing the areas that require constant supervisory.

• Delay – This zone type can be violated during exit and entry delay without causing an alarm. If the zone is violated when the system is armed, it will initiate entry delay countdown intended for the user to disarm the system. If the zone remains violated after the exit delay expires, it will cause an instant alarm. Typically, this zone type is used for door contacts installed at designated exit/entry doors.

• Fire – If this zone type is violated when the system is either armed or disarmed, the alarm will be instantly caused and the siren/bell will emit pulsating sound. Once the alarm is caused by violating a Fire-type zone followed by turning OFF the alarm using any available disarm method, the system will ignore the violations of any Fire-type zone (including the repeated violations of the said zone) caused within a 1-minute time frame. Typically, this zone type is used for flame and smoke detectors.

• Panic/Silent – This zone operates the same as 24-Hour zone type, but the system will not activate the siren/bell and keypad buzzer if violated. Normally, this zone type used for panic alarm buttons.

• CO Sensor – This zone type operates identically to Fire zone type and it is used for CO (carbon monoxide) detector.

• Report/Control – This zone operates the same as Panic/Silent zone type, but unique event data message will be transmitted to the monitoring station if violated. However, no alarm will be caused - the system will NOT dial the listed user phone number regardless of the status of Call in Case of Alarm feature (enabled or disabled), nor the siren will sound. Typically, this zone type is used to report a certain non-alarm event, such as heating activation or fault.

• Instant Silent – This zone operates in the same way as Panic/Silent, but only when the system is armed.

Set zone type for individual zone

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK

→ TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24- HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT |

CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK

Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17...144 → OK → TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR |

DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD

ZONE → OK → TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE |

PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1...

32 → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO

SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 53, zone number and zone type number:

53 nn 1 # – Interior Follower

53 nn 2 # – Instant

53 nn 3 # – 24-Hour

53 nn 4 # – Delay

53 nn 5 # – Fire

53 nn 6 # – Panic/Silent

53 nn 7 # – CO Sensor

53 nn 8 # – Report/Control

53 nn 9 # – Instant Silent

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]

Example: 53125#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: The system will NOT activate siren and keypad buzzer only when Panic/Silent, Report/Control or Instant Silent zone type is violated.

14.6. Zone Attributes

• Stay – If this attribute is enabled, the zone, regardless of its type, will not cause an alarm if violated when the system is STAY-armed.

By enabling this attribute, Alarm Count to Bypass feature will not operate with the same zone. For more details on arming the system in the Stay mode, please refer to 15. STAY MODE.

• Force – This attribute determines whether the system can be armed or not while a zone is violated resulting in partial arm event. If a

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

zone with the Force attribute enabled remains violated until the exit delay expires, it will be ignored. Once the system is partially armed followed by zone restore, the violation of this zone will no longer be ignored and the zone will operate according to the determined type. For more details on zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.

• Shared – This attribute determines whether a zone, assigned to multiple partitions, will cause an alarm or not in the associated armed partition if violated. If a zone with the Shared attribute enabled is violated when at least one of the associated partitions is disarmed, the alarm will not be caused. Once the system is armed in all of the associated partitions, the zone with Shared attribute enabled will operate according to the determined type. Typically, this attribute is used for shared areas, such as corridors.

• Delay, s – This attribute determines the zone sensitivity level by delay time (by default – 15 seconds). If the zone remains triggered until the delay time expires, the zone is considered violated. This attribute does not apply to wireless zones, keypad zones and virtual zones.

• Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone is a method used to prevent false alarms. The system will not cause an alarm unless two associated zones are violated within a specified time period, known as Alarm Confirmation Timeout. By associating a certain zone to itself, the system would cause an alarm only if the zone has been violated repeatedly within the Alarm Confirmation Timeout. This feature operates with all zone categories including virtual zones.

• Delay becomes Instant in Stay mode – This attribute determines whether or not any Delay type zone will operate as Instant type zone when the system is armed in the Stay mode. When the system is fully armed, the Delay type zone will operate normally. For more details on Delay and Instant zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.

• Chime – This feature is used to emit 3 short beeps from the keypad buzzer whenever any Delay type zone is violated while the system is disarmed. Typically, the feature is used for designated exit/entry doors to indicate the opening of the doors.

• Bell - This attribute operates identically as Chime and applies to EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad only.

• Alarm Count to Bypass – This attribute determines a number of times the zone can be violated until it is automatically bypassed. It can be assigned to Interior Follower, Instant, Delay and Instant Silent zone types only. Alarm Count to Bypass becomes inactive once the Stay attribute is enabled on the same zone. For more details on zone bypassing and how to activate a bypassed zone, please refer to 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.

NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad buzzer will not sound if the Bell attribute is not enabled and the violated Delay type zone is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad. For more details on EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad, please refer to 19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED Keypad.

Enable Stay attribute for individual zone

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK

→ STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK

Wireless zone : OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEPAD

ZONE → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...

32 → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 56, zone number and parameter status value:

56 nn 1 #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].

Example: 56041#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable Stay attribute for individual zone

EKB2

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →

OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK

Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD

ZONE → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...

32 → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 56, zone number and parameter status value:

56 nn 0 #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].

Example: 56190#

60 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable Force attribute for individual zone

EKB2

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK

→ FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK

Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD

ZONE → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...

32 → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 82, zone number and parameter status value:

82 nn 1 #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].

Example: 82061#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable Force attribute for individual zone

EKB2

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK

→ FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK

Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD

ZONE → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...

32 → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 82, zone number and parameter status value:

82 nn 0 #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].

Example: 82110#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable/disable

Shared attribute for individual zone

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set Delay,s attribute

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable/disable Delay becomes Instant in

Stay mode attribute

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Disable Chime attribute

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → CHIME → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 32 and parameter status value:

32 0 #

Example: 320#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable Chime attribute EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → CHIME → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 32 and parameter status value:

32 1 #

Example: 321#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone is not set. To associate two zones and/or set the Alarm Confirmation Timeout, please refer to the following configuration method.

Associate a zone for

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone attribute

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set Alarm

Confirmation Timeout

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set Alarm Count to

Bypass attribute for individual zone

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone feature is NOT recommended in case it is necessary to bypass the associated zone, otherwise the zone that requires alarm confirmation will never cause an alarm when violated.

62 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones

NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must remain deactivated before bypassing a violated zone or activating a bypassed zone.

Zone bypassing allows the user to deactivate a violated zone and arm the system without restoring the zone. If a bypassed zone is violated or restored during exit/entry delay, or when then system is armed, it will be ignored. When a zone is bypassed, EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad indicator will light ON and EKB2 keypad will display icon in the home screen view.

Bypass individual violated zone

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYPASS LIST 1... 9 → OK → Z1-zone-name... Z144zone-name → OK → BYPASS → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Press the key, enter zone number and user/master code:

nn uumm #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 091111#

Bypass all violated zones

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYP VIOLATED ZONES → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

The zone will remain bypassed until the system is disarmed. Once the system is disarmed, the corresponding zone state will be indicated on the keypads (see 32.1.1. EKB2 – LCD Keypad, 32.1.2. EKB3 – LED Keypad and 19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED Keypad ) and Info SMS text message (see 26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS). Alternatively, the user can activate the bypassed zone by the following configuration methods.

Activate bypassed zone

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYPASS LIST 1... 9 → OK → Z1-zone-name... Z144zone-name → OK → UNBYPASS → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Press the key, enter zone number and user/master code:

nn uumm #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 251111#

NOTE: Zones can only be bypassed and activated when the system is not armed.

14.8. Zone Names

Each zone has a name that can be customized by the user. Typically, the name specifies a device type connected to a determined zone terminal, for Example: Kitchen doors opened. The zone names are used in SMS text messages that are sent to the user during alarm, the

By default, the zone names are: Z1 – Zone1, Z2 – Zone2, Z3 – Zone3, Z4 – Zone4 etc.

Set zone name

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss Znn:zone-name

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144]; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.

Example: 1111 Z3:Door sensor triggered

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

View zone names

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss STATUS

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 STATUS

EKB2

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →

OK → NAME

Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → NAME

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD

ZONE → OK → NAME

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...

32 → OK → NAME

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: Colon, semi-colon characters, parameter names and/or values, such as PSW, STATUS, ON, OFF etc. are NOT allowed in zone names

NOTE: Multiple zone names can be set by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111 Z1:Kitchen doors opened;Z3:Movement in basement;Z4:Bedroom window opened

14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones

By default, all zones, except keypad and virtual zones, are enabled. To permanently disable/enable an individual zone, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Disable zone

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss Znn:OFF

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144].

Example: 1111 Z13:OFF

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →

OK → STATUS → OK → DISABLE → OK

Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STATUS → OK → DISABLE → OK

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD

ZONE → OK → STATUS → DISABLE → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...

32 → OK → STATUS → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 52, zone number and parameter status value:

52 nn 0 #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].

Example: 52360#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable zone SMS

SMS text message content: ssss Znn:ON

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144].

Example: 1111 Z6:ON

64 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK

→ STATUS → OK → ENABLE → OK

Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →

WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STATUS → OK → ENABLE → OK

Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD

ZONE → OK → STATUS → ENABLE → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...

32 → OK → STATUS → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 52, zone number and parameter status value:

52 nn 1 #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].

Example: 52151#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

14.10. Viewing Zone State

The zone state (violated/restored) is indicated in real-time by all available configuration methods. However, the most convenient way to view the zone state is using the graphical interface of Eldes Utility as follows:

• Red - zone is violated.

• Green - zone is restored.

• Grey - zone is disabled.

To view the zone state, please refer to the following configuration methods.

View zone state SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss INFO

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 INFO

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 144

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Please, refer to illuminated zone indicators ranging from 1 through 12 on the keypad. The flashing indicator represents violated high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144). For more details on violated high-numbered zone indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYS TEM

FAULTS.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

15. STAY MODE

Stay mode allows the user to arm and disarm the alarm system without leaving the secured area. If the zones with Stay attribute enabled are violated when the system is STAY-armed, no alarm will be caused. Typically, this feature is used when arming the system at home before going to bed.

The system can be STAY-armed under the following conditions:

• If a Delay-type zone is NOT violated during exit delay and a zone (-s) with Stay attribute enabled exists, the system will arm in Stay mode. When arming the system in Stay mode under this condition, one of the available arming methods must be used that provide exit delay. For more details on these methods, please refer to 13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY.

• The system will instantly arm in Stay mode when using one of the following methods.

Arm the system in

Stay mode

EKB2

Menu path:

Non-partitioned system: P2 → uumm → OK

Partitioned system: P2 → uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4]; part-name – up to 15 characters partition name.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Press the key and enter user/master:

uumm

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Example: 1111

EWK2

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running Eldes Utility .

When one or more system partitions are successfully armed in Stay mode, EKB2 keypad will display icon in the home screen view.

NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must be deactivated, when Stay-arming the system.

NOTE: The system can be armed in Stay mode, only if there is at least one zone with Stay attribute enabled.

NOTE: Stay mode is not supported by virtual zones.

NOTE: The system can also be instantly STAY-armed using ELDES Cloud Services.

For more details on how to enable Stay attribute for zone, please refer to 14.6. Zone Attributes.

66 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

16. TAMPERS

The tamper circuit is a single closed loop such that a break in the loop at any point will cause a tamper alarm regardless of the system status – armed or disarmed. During the tamper alarm, the system will activate the siren/bell and the keypad buzzer and send the SMS text message to the listed user phone number. The system will cause tamper alarm under the following conditions:

• If the enclosure of a detection device, siren/bell, metal cabinet or keypad is opened, the physical tamper switch will be triggered. By default, indicated as Tamper x in the SMS text message (x = tamper number). User is able to change tamper’s name if he preffers to

(see 16.1. Tamper names). Alternatively, the tamper switch can be connected to a zone resulting in zone alarm when tampered (see

15. ZONES).

• If the wireless signal is lost due to low signal level or low battery power on a certain wireless device (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status

Monitoring).

By default, all tampers and tamper alarm notification by SMS text message is enabled. To disable/enable a certain tamper and/or tamper alarm notification, please refer to the following configuration methods:

Disable/enable tamper

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View violated tampers SMS

The system will automatically send an SMS text message, containing a violated tamper name, to user phone number.

Disable tamper alarm notification

EKB2

EKB2 Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED TAMPERS → OK → TAMPER 1... 144

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

The illuminated indicator represents system fault presence including violated tam per.

For more details on violated tamper indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYS TEM

FAULTS.

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → TAMPER ALARM → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 13 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 13 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2513030#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable tamper alarm notification

EKB2

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → TAMPER ALARM → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 13 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 13 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2513041#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on how to view violated tamper, please refer to 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER.

ATTENTION: Once a certain tamper is disabled, the system will NOT deliver any text message regarding the physical tamper violation nor wireless signal loss or restore.

ATTENTION: The system will NOT deliver any text message regarding wireless signal loss or restore while the physical tamper violation is in progress.

ATTENTION: The system will NOT cause any tamper alarm regarding the physical tamper violation nor wireless signal loss if the associated zone is disabled (excepting EWKB 4 on board zone).

16.1. Tamper Names

Each tamper has a name that can be customized by the user. The tamper names are used in SMS text messages that are sent to the user during the tamper alarm. By default, the tamper names are: Tamper 1, Tamper 2, Tamper 3, Tamper 4 etc . To set a different tamper name, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Manage tamper name Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: Starting from firmware version V01.02.00 (and up), tamper name formation process changed. Each tamper name now consists of zone name plus common tamper name. Common tamper name is text which is added in field “common tamper name” through Eldes Utility.

68 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER

When a zone, depending on zone type (see 14.5. Zone Type Definitions), or tamper is violated, the system will cause an alarm. By default, the alarm duration is 1 minute (see 20. SIREN/BELL regarding the alarm duration). During the alarm, the system will follow this pattern:

1. The system activates the siren/bell and the keypad buzzer.

a) The siren/bell will emit pulsating sound if the violated zone is of Fire type, otherwise the sound will be steady.

b) The keypad buzzer will emit short beeps.

c) EKB2 keypad will display icon next to the alarmed partition in the home screen view followed by icon indicating the presence of the alarm events in the alarm log (see 28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG). In case a Fire-type zone is violated in any system partition, icon will appear in the home screen view.

d) EKB3 keypad operating in 4-partition mode will flash the [1]... [4] key corresponding to the alarmed partition number.

e) If one or more zones are violated, EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 will light ON the corresponding violated zone indicator (-s) ranging from 1 through 12. Indicator will flash if one or more high-numbered zones are violated. If one or tampers are violated, indicator will light ON. For more details on viewing violated high-numbered zone and tamper numbers by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS.

2. The system attempts to send an SMS text message, containing the violated zone/tamper name (see 14.8. Zone Names and 16.1. Tam-

per Names on how to set a zone and tamper name respectively), to the first listed user phone number, sharing the same partition as the violated zone/tamper. The system will send SMS text messages regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.

a) If the SMS cascade option is enabled and the user phone number is unavailable,then the system will attempt to send the SMS text message to the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition as the previous one. The user phone number may be unavailable due to the following reasons:

• mobile phone was switched off.

• was out of GSM signal coverage.

b) The system will continue sending the SMS text message to the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. The system sends the SMS text message only once and will not return to the first user phone number if the last one was unavailable.

3. By default, the system attempts to ring the first user phone number via GSM, sharing the same partition as the violated zone/tamper. The system will dial regarding each violated zone/tamper separately. a) When the call is answered, the system will shut down the siren/bell and play the audio file that can be listened to on the user’s mobile phone. This feature will be available only if an audio file is recorded and assigned to the violated zone (see 17.2. Audio Files and

Introduction Audio).

c) The system will dial the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition, if the previous user was unavailable due to the following reasons:

• mobile phone was switched off.

• mobile phone was out of GSM signal coverage.

• provided “busy” signal.

• user did not answer the call after several rings, predetermined by the GSM operator. d) The system will continue dialling the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. However, it will not dial the next listed user phone number if the previous one was available, but rejected the phone call. If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts to contact any listed user phone number, it will stop dialling and will NOT repeat the cycle starting with the first user phone number. In addition, the system will dial the listed user phone number only once regardless of its availability e) If Call All in Case of Alarm feature is enabled, the system will attempt to ring all listed user phone numbers in a row starting with the first user phone number with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled. Regardless of the user being available, unavailable or if he/she has rejected the call, the system will still move to the next listed user with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled. Once the system has ended contacting all listed users with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled, it will repeat this cycle 3 more times (by default) by attempting to contact the previously unavailable users and skipping the available ones.

4. If Treat PSTN Call as User Call is feature is enabled, the system attempts to ring the first phone number via PSTN (see 30.2.3. PSTN). The system will dial regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.

a) When the call is answered, the system will automatically drop the call.

b) The system will dial the next listed phone number if the previous one was unavailable due to the following reasons:

• mobile phone was switched off.

• mobile phone was out of GSM signal coverage.

• provided “busy” signal.

• user did not answer the call after several rings, predetermined by the GSM operator. c) By default, the system will continue dialling the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. The system will dial the user phone number 5 times if the first user phone number was out of GSM signal coverage/switched OFF, otherwise the system will dial only once. If the system ends up unsuccessful to contact any listed user phone number, will stop dialling and will not return to the first user phone number. The system will not dial the next listed user phone number if the previous one was available, but

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

rejected the phone call.

To silent the siren/bell as well as to cease system phone calls and SMS text message sending to the user phone numbers, please disarm the system (see 12. ARMING AND DISARMING).

ATTENTION: The wireless siren EWS2/EWS3 will sound only if wireless zone of the siren is assigned to the same partition as the one that has been alarmed (see 23.1. Zone Partition).

View violated zones SMS

SMS text message content: ssss INFO

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 INFO

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 144

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Please, refer to illuminated zone indicators ranging from 1 through 12 on the keypad. The flashing indicator represents violated high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144). For more details on violated high-numbered zone indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM

FAULTS.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View violated tampers SMS

The system will automatically send an SMS text message, containing a violated tamper name, to user phone number.

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED TAMPERS → OK → TAMPER 1... 144

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

The illuminated indicator stands for system fault presence including violated tamper. For more details on violated tamper indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM

FAULTS.

Manage Call All in Case of Alarm

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on how to disable/enable SMS text messages and phone calls to listed user phone number in case of alarm, please refer to

17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications

ATTENTION: Phone calls via GSM network to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled

(see 30. MONITORING STATION).

NOTE: If one or more zones/tampers are violated during the alarm, the system will attempt to send as many SMS text message and dial the user phone number as many times as the zone/tamper was violated. However, this does NOT apply to Interior Follower-type zones.

NOTE: If the system has delivered an SMS text message and/or dialled the user phone number after disarming the system, it means that the

SMS text message and/or phone call was queued up in the memory before the system was disarmed. The capacity of the queue is 24 events maximum.

NOTE: In some case, the system might be UNABLE to dial the next listed user phone number in case the phone number has been migrated from a different GSM operator.

17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications

By, default the system will ring the listed user phone numbers via GSM in case of alarm. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

70 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Disable call in case of alarm

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CALL IN CASE

ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 30, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

30 us 1 #

Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 30081#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable call in case of alarm

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CALL IN CASE

ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 30, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

30 us 0 #

Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 30090#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By, default the system will send SMS text message to listed user phone numbers in case of alarm. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Disable SMS text message in case of alarm

EKB2

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → GENERAL ALARM → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 03 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 03 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2503060#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable SMS text message in case of alarm

EKB2

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → GENERAL ALARM → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 03 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 03 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2503101#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, the system will not ring the listed phone number via PSTN in case of alarm. To manage this feature, please refer to 30.2.3.

PSTN)

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

By default, tamper alarm notification by SMS text message is enabled. For more details on how to disable/enable tamper alarm notification, please refer to 16. TAMPERS.

ATTENTION: Regardless of the Call in Case of Alarm parameter status, the system will NOT ring the listed user phone number via GSM network if the system is connected to the monitoring station (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

17.2. Audio Files and Introduction Audio

The system comes equipped with a feature, allowing to record up to 16 audio files of up to 6 seconds length, and another feature, which allows to record 1 introduction audio file of up to 20 seconds length. Recorded files can be assigned to any system zone and be played when the alarm is caused by zone with an audio file assigned, These features will be available only if the system is able to dial user phone number in the event of an alarm and the user answers the call. When the call is answered, the primarily recorded introduction audio file (if assigned), containing essential information (location/ full address or/and user full name) is being played, while the audio file (up to 6 sec. long) will come up just after introduction audio has ended. The supported audio file format is as follows:

• Max. number of audio files: up to 16

• Max. audio length: up to 6 seconds

• Max. number of introduction audio files: 1

• Max. introduction audio length: up to 20 seconds

• File format: .wav

• Specifications: 8,000 kHz; 8 Bit; Mono

By default, none of these audio files are pre-recorded or assigned to any particular zone. To record an introduction audio or audio file and/ or assign it to a zone, please refer to the following configuration method.

Record and manage audio files

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Assign audio file to individual zone Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Single audio file can be assigned to multiple zones.

72 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

18. PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS

A PGM output is a programmable output that toggles to its set up state when a specific event has occurred in the system, the scheduled weekday and time has come or if the user has initiated the PGM output state change manually. Normally, PGM outputs can be used to open/ close garage doors, activate lights, heating, watering and much more. When a PGM output turns ON, the system triggers any device or relay connected to it.

ESIM384 comes equipped with four open-collector PGM outputs allowing to connect up to four devices or relays. For more details on PGM output expanding, please refer to 18.2. PGM Output Expansion.

ESIM384 PGM outputs are classified by 4 categories:

PGM output category

On-board PGM Outputs

EPGM8 PGM Outputs

EPGM1 PGM Outputs

Description

Built-in wired PGM outputs of ESIM384 alarm system.

PGM outputs of EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module.

PGM outputs of EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module.

Max. number of PGM outputs per device

4

8

2

Max. number of PGM outputs in total

4

8

4

Wireless PGM Outputs

Non-physical PGM outputs automatically created by connected wireless devices.

* - Depends on the connected wireless device.

** - Available only if no EPGM1 PGM outputs are present.

2* 48**

For PGM output wiring diagram, please refer to 2.3.6. Relay Finder® (for example, model 40.61.9.12) with Terminal Socket (for

example, model 95.85.3).

18.1. PGM Output Numbering

The PGM output numbers ranging from C1 through C12 are permanently reserved for on-board PGM outputs even if EPGM8 module mode is disabled. The C13-C48 PGM output number are automatically assigned in the chronological order to the devices connected to the system:

EPGM1 modules and wireless devices.

18.2. PGM output type

User is able to configure every single output at his discretion, by choosing 1 of two available types: Switch or Pulse type*.

In order to do so, user has to launch Eldes Utility software, open Output section and choose a preferred output type from the drop-down list. After setting the type, user has to save configuration (to click on “Write settings” option).

Switch type

By default, every available output is of Switch type. Ouptut of this type can be in ON or OFF state (the latter is the default state). Accordingly, when this type is selected, there are 3 possible Switch type actions:

• Turn output ON (only when output’s state is OFF).

• Toggle output (switch the current output’s state to the opposite).

• Turn output OFF (only when output’s state is ON).

Additionally, the Switch type output allows to set its’ start up state (ON or OFF).

Pulse type

Pulse type output has another option, called pulse duration, which allows to change the specified output’s state. The process is performed by applying a low-level or high-level pulse for a set period of time. Acceptable time value range - from 1 second to 60 seconds (inclusively).

If user opts to change the default output type to Pulse type, he won’t be allowed to set output’s start up state.

ATTENTION: EWM1 has a Switch type built-in button, intended to turn the socket ON or OFF while changing the output state accordingly.

Thus, if user sets EWM1 output as Pulse type, then any attempt to manually change the EWM1 output state ON or OFF will affect the following attempt to control that same output via other control method.

18.3. PGM Output control options

Below you’ll find the list of all possible output control options:

• EWK2

• EKB2

• EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4

• Eldes Security app

• SMS

• Automation (schedulers)

• EWKB5

EKB2 keypad enhanced by a new Quick control via keypad long press* feature, which offers an easy and fast way to complete a quick action (e.g. to control any output). To do so, at first user must programm EKB2 buttons for the preferred quick actions. There are 10 possible quick control actions in total.

*- These features are NOT available for old firmware versions (i.e. for FW versions V01.09.15 and earlier).

18.4. PGM Output Expansion

For additional electrical appliance connection, the number of PGM outputs can be expanded by:

• connecting EPGM8 hardwired PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com).

• connecting EPGM1 hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com).

• pairing the wireless devices (see 19. WIRELESS DEVICES).

NOTE: The maximum supported PGM output number is 48.

18.4.1. EPGM8 Mode

EPGM8 is an expansion module, which expands the system with 8 additional hardwired PGM outputs. For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

Once the EPGM8 module is installed, the EPGM8 mode must be enabled.

Enable EPGM8 mode

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → USING EPGM8 → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 33 and parameter status value:

iiii 331 #

Example: 1470331#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable EPGM8 mode

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → USING EPGM8 → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 33 and parameter status value:

iiii 330 #

Example: 1470330#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

18.5. PGM Output Names

Each PGM output has a name that can be customized by the user. Typically, the name specifies a device type connected to a determined

PGM output, for Example: Lights. The name can be used instead of PGM output number when controlling the PGM output via SMS command. By default, the PGM output names are: C1 – Control1, C2 – Control2, C3 – Control3, C4 – Control4 etc.

Set PGM output name

Eldes

Utility This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View PGM output names

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss INFO

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 STATUS

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: Space, colon, semi-colon characters, parameter names and/or values, such as PSW, STATUS, ON, OFF etc. are NOT allowed in

PGM output names.

18.6. Disabling and Enabling PGM Outputs

By default, all PGM outputs are enabled. Once a PGM output is disabled, it can be turned ON or OFF, thus the change will not be seen neither on the EKB2 and EWKB5 keypads nor via Cloud platform. To disable/enable a certain PGM output, please refer to the following configuration method.

Control output via

Cloud Services and

Keypads

Eldes

Utility This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

18.7. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF

By default, all PGM outputs are turned OFF. To instantly turn ON/OFF an individual PGM output, please refer to the following configuration methods.

74 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Turn ON PGM output

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss Coo:ON or ssss out-name:ON

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name. Example: 1111 Lights:ON

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → ON → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter installer code, followed by parameter 61, PGM output number and parameter status value:

iiii 61 oo 1 #

Value: oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].

Example: 147061031#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

EWK2

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running Eldes Utility .

EWKB5 This operation may be carried out from the wireless touchpad if it was pre-configured.

Turn OFF PGM output

ELDES

Security

This operation may be carried out using ELDES Security mobile application.

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss Coo:OFF or ssss out-name:OFF

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name. Example: 1111 C2:OFF

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OFF → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter installer code, followed by parameter 61, PGM output number and parameter status value:

iiii 61 oo 0 #

Value: oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].

Example: 147061020#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using Eldes Utility .

EWK2

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running Eldes Utility .

EWKB5 This operation may be carried out from the wireless touchpad if it was pre-configured.

ELDES

Security

This operation may be carried out using ELDES Security mobile application.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

When the PGM output is turned ON or OFF, the system will send a confirmation by SMS text message to the user phone number that the

SMS text message was sent from.

To instantly turn an individual PGM output ON or OFF for a determined time period and automatically turn it back ON or OFF again when the time period expires, please refer to the following configuration method.

Pulse ON/OFF output

(turn PGM output ON or

OFF for a time period)

EWK2

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running Eldes Utility .

EKB2/

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

This operation may be carried out from one of the selected keypads (if it was pre-configured).

EWKB5 This operation may be carried out from the wireless touchpad if it was pre-configured.

SMS This operation may be carried out from the mobile phone (via SMS command).

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using Eldes Utility .

ELDES

Security

This operation may be carried out using ELDES Security mobile application.

NOTE: PGM output can be turned ON for a determined time period only when it is in OFF state (and vice versa !).

18.8. PGM Output Control by Event and Scheduler

PGM outputs can automatically operate when a specific event occurs in the system and/or when the scheduled weekday and time comes.

18.8.1. PGM Output Actions and System Events

The automatic action of the determined PGM output can be set as follows:

• Turn ON/OFF – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned ON or OFF.

• Pulse ON/OFF output* - Allows to instantly change (turn ON/OFF) PGM output status for a determined time period and automatically change back the output status (turn OFF/ON) when the time period expires.

• Switch ON/OFF for a time – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned ON or OFF for a set period of time in seconds.

The aforementioned PGM output actions can be automatically carried out under the following events that occurred in the system:

• System armed – System is armed in a determined partition (from Partition 1 through 4). Applicable to multiple partitions or

to “All partitions”.

• System disarmed – System is disarmed in a determined partition (from Partition 1 through 4). Applicable to a single partition or to “All partitions”.

• System armed Stay - System is armed in Stay mode. Applicable to multiple partitions or to “All partitions”.

• System disarmed from Stay* - System is disarmed from Stay mode. Applicable to a single partition or to “All partitions”.

• Alarm begins – Alarm begins in a determined partition (from Partition 1 through 4). Applicable to multiple partitions or to

“All partitions”.

• Alarm stops* – Alarm stops in a determined partition (from Partition 1 through 4). Applicable to a single partition or to “All partitions”.

• Fire alarm starts* - Performs an automatic PGM output control action once a fire alarm starts. Applicable to multiple partitions or to “All partitions”.

• Fire alarm ends* -Performs an automatic PGM output control action once a fire alarm ends. Applicable to a single partition or

to “All partitions”.

• Temperature falls – Temperature falls below the set MIN value of a determined temperature sensor 1-8.

• Temperature rises – Temperature rises above the set MAX value of a determined temperature sensor 1-8.

• Zone violated – A determined zone ranging from Z1 through Z144 is violated.

• Zone restored – A determined zone ranging from Z1 through Z144 is restored.

• By scheduler – Operates based on Start Time of a selected scheduler 1-32.

• System fault occurred - A determined system fault is present (for more, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).

• System fault restored - A determined system fault is restored (for more, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).

*- These features are NOT available for old firmware versions (i.e. for FW versions V01.09.15 and earlier).

NOTE: If multiple partitions are selected, then status of ALL partitions must match to carry out an automation event.

NOTE If “All partitions” are selected, status of ANY partition must match to carry out an automation event.

The user can also set a custom text, which will be sent by SMS to user phone number when the automatic PGM output action is carried out.

76 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

18.8.2. Schedulers

The system supports up to 16 schedulers that allow the PGM outputs to operate or automatically arm/disarm a certain partition (all partitions) according to the day of the week and time. When the scheduler, which includes the set weekday and time, is selected, the PGM output will operate or the system will arm/disarm according to it. Each scheduler includes the following parameters:

• Always – The scheduler is not in use.

• At specified time – Determines whether weekday and time settings are enabled:

• Start Time – Determines the point in time when the PGM output or automatic arm/disarm action can be initiated for Scheduler starts event.

• End Time – Determines the point in time when the PGM output action can be initiated for Scheduler ends event

• On weekdays – Determines days in week when the PGM output or automatic arm/disarm action is valid.

18.8.3. Additional Conditions

Additional condition narrows down the chances for a determined automatic PGM output operation to be carried out. If this feature is enabled, the PGM output will become dependent on one more system event that must be occurred prior or must occur after the aforementioned system event. The PGM output will not operate until the chain of system events meets the set values:

• System armed – System is armed in a determined partition ranging from 1 to 4 or any partition.

• System disarmed – System is disarmed in a determined partition ranging from 1 to 4 or any partition.

• Zone violated – A determined zone ranging from Z1 to Z144 is violated.

• Zone restored – A determined zone ranging from Z1 to Z144 is restored.

Example: PGM output C1 is set to be turned ON when zone Z6 is violated. The additional condition feature is enabled and set to allow this action to be carried out only if system’s Partition 2 is disarmed. It means that the PGM output C1 will be turned ON when zone Z6 is violated, but only if system’s Partition 2 is disarmed.

Manage PGM output control by event & scheduler

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: If the date and time are not set, the system will NOT be able to automatically control the PGM outputs. For more details on how to set date and time, please refer to 9. DATE AND TIME.

NOTE: When both - a system event is determined and a scheduler is selected, the PGM output will operate only if the determined event has occurred in the system during the scheduled time period.

NOTE: When PGM output action is selected as pulse, the PGM output will turn ON or turn OFF for a set period of time based on the PGM output state set up (ON or OFF) for system startup.

18.9. Wireless PGM Output Type Definitions

• Output – Operates as normal PGM output that can be controlled by the user or automatically by event and scheduler. Normally, this type is used for any device or relay.

• Siren – Operates as siren output that automatically activates during alarm. Typically, this type is used for bell/siren connected to EW2 wireless device.

Set output type for individual wireless

PGM output

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

19. WIRELESS DEVICES

ESIM384 system has a built-in wireless module for system extension capabilities. The wireless module easily allows the user to pair up to

64 ELDES-made wireless devices with the system. This includes the following:

• EWP2 – wireless PIR sensor (motion detector).

• EWP3 - wireless PIR sensor (motion detector).

• EWD2 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.

• EWD3 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.

• EWS3 – wireless indoor siren.

• EWS2 – wireless outdoor siren.

• EWS4 – wireless outdoor siren.

• EWK2/EWK2A – wireless keyfob.

• EKB3W – wireless keypad.

• EWKB4 - wireless keypad.

• EWKB5 - wireless touchpad.

• EW2 – wireless zone and PGM output expansion module.

• EWF1 - wireless smoke detector.

• EWF1CO - wireless smoke and CO detector.

• EWR2 - wireless signal repeater.

• EWM1 - wireless power socket.

For more details on technical specifications and installation of the wireless devices, please refer to chapter 41.RADIO SYSTEM INSTAL-

LATION AND SIGNAL PENETRATION - APPENDIX 4 and the latest user manual of the wireless device located at www.eldesalarms.com

The wireless devices can operate at a range of up to 3000m (9842.6ft) range in open areas. The wireless connection is two-way and operates in one of four available channels in ISM868 non-licensed band. When Eldes Utility is launched, the frequency time of attempt of all

NOT added wireless devices, that have frequency time of attempt higher than 10 sec, is changed to 10 sec. After Eldes Utility is closed, frequency time of attempt for every individual device is changed as it was.

NOTE: In case if Remote Connection session being activated, the frequency time of attempts for every wireless device will be exactly the same as default Test Time period, indicated below.

The communication link between the wireless device and the alarm system is constantly supervised by a configurable self-test period, known as Test Time. When the wireless device is switched ON, it will initiate the Test Time transmission to the system within its wireless connection range. In order to optimize battery power saving of the wireless device, the Test Time periods vary by itself while the device is switched ON, but still unpaired. When the alarm system is switched OFF or if the wireless device is unpaired or removed the Test Time period of the wireless device is as follows (non-customizable):

• EKB3W, EW2, EWP2, EWS2, EWS3, EWS4, EWF1, EWF1CO, EWM1:

• first 360 attempts after the device startup (reset) - every 10 seconds.

• the rest of attempts - every 1 minute.

• EWD2:

• first 360 attempts after the device startup (reset) - every 10 seconds.

• The rest of attempts - every 2 minutes.

• NOTE: Only for EWD3, EWKB4, EWP3

• standard Test Time of all attempts when paired with alarm system - EWP3 - every 1 minute; EWKB4, EWD3 - every 5 minutes.

• standard Test Time of all attempts when NOT paired with alarm system or in case wireless connection is lost for more than 48 hours - every 10 minutes.

Once the wireless device is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with ESIM384 system. Due to battery saving reasons, all ELDES wireless devices operate in sleep mode. The data exchange will occur instantly if the wireless device is triggered (zone alarm or tamper alarm) or periodically when the wireless device wakes up to transmit the supervision signal, based on Test Time value, to the system as well as to accept the queued up command (if any) from the system. By increasing the Test Time period, EWS2/EWS3 siren response time will decrease.

Example: The alarm occurred at 09:15:25 and the system queued up the command for EWS3 siren to start sounding. By default, Test Time value of EWS3 siren is 7 seconds, therefore EWS2 siren will sound at 09:15:32.

By default, the Test Time period is as follows (customizable):

• EWKB4, EWD3: every 5 minutes.

• EKB3W, EWD2, EWP2, EWP3: every 60 seconds.

• EWM1, EW2, EWF1, EWF1CO: every 30 seconds.

• EWS2, EWS3, EWS4: every 7 seconds.

To set a different Test Time value, please refer to the following configuration method.

Set custom Test Time Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Test Time affects the wireless device pairing process due to the alarm system listening for the incoming data from the wireless device.

The system pairs with the wireless device only when the first data packet is received.

78 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

NOTE for EKB3W/EWKB4: In comparison with other ELDES wireless devices, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads features some exceptions regarding the wireless communication. For more details on EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad wireless communication and back-light timeout, please refer to

19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout.

19.1. Pairing, Removing and Replacing Wireless Device

Wireless device management can be easily and conveniently carried out using the graphical interface of Eldes Utility . If you intend to manage the wireless devices by SMS text massage, an 8-character wireless device ID code will be required in order to pair the device with the system or to remove it from the system. The wireless ID code is printed on a label, which can be located on the inner or outer side of the enclosure or on the printed circuit board (PCB) of the wireless device.

To pair a wireless device, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Pair wireless device with the system

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SET:wless-id

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.

Example: 1111 SET:5353185D

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE FOR EWK2/EWK2A: When paring EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob, it is necessary to press several times any button on the device.

Once a wireless device is paired, it occupies one of 64 available wireless device slots and the system adds single or multiple wireless zones and wireless PGM outputs depending on the wireless device model (excepting wireless keyfobs EWK2).

To remove a wireless device, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Remove wireless device from the system

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss DEL:wless-id

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.

Example: 1111 DEL:535185D

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Once a wireless device is removed from the system, please restore its default parameters and remove the batteries from it.

To replace an existing wireless device with a new same model device, please refer to the following configuration method.

Replace wireless device

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss REP:wless-id<oldwl-id

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code of the new devi ce; oldwl-id - 8-character wireless device ID code of the old device.

Example: 1111 REP:535185D<41286652

When a wireless device is successfully replaced with a new one, the configuration of the old wireless device remains.

ATTENTION: In order to correctly remove the wireless device from the system, the user must remove the device using SMS text message or

Eldes Utility and restore the parameters of the wireless device to default afterwards. If only one of these actions is carried out, the wireless device and the system will attempt to exchange data to keep the wireless connection alive. This leads to fast battery power drain on the battery-powered wireless device.

NOTE: If you are unable to pair a wireless device, please restore the wireless device’s parameters to default and try again. For more details on how to restore the default parameters, please refer to the user manual provided along with the wireless device or visit www.eldesalarms.com to download the latest user manual.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

19.2. Wireless Device Information

Once a wireless device is paired, the user can view the following information of a determined wireless device:

• Battery level (expressed in percentage).

• Wireless signal strength (expressed in percentage).

• Error rate (number of failed data transmission attempts in 10-minute period) - indicated only in EKB2 keypad menu.

• Firmware version.

• Test Time period (expressed in milliseconds) of a wireless device - indicated only in SMS text message reply.

To view the wireless device information, please refer to the following configuration methods.

View wireless device information

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss RFINFO:wless-id or ssss RFINFO:Znn

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code; nn – wireless zone number, range – [17... 144].

Example: 1111 RFINFO:535185D

Menu path:

Battery level: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS DEVICES 1... 2 → OK → wless-dev wless-id → OK

→ BATTERY

Wireless signal: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → SIGNAL

Error rate: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → ERROR RATE

Firmware version: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → FW RELEASE

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; wless-dev – wireless device model; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

The system supports up to 32 wireless devices. To view the number of available wireless device slots in the system, please refer to the following configuration methods

View available wireless device slots

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss STATUS FREE

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 STATUS FREE

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring

If the wireless signal is lost due to poor signal strength or low battery power on a certain wireless device and does not restore within

4-hour period, the system will cause an alarm (by default, the alarm is disabled). This event is identified as Wireless Signal Loss. By default, indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x in the SMS text message ( wless-dev = wireless device model; wless-id =

8-character wireless device ID code; x = tamper number). The user will also be notified by SMS text message as soon as the wireless signal is restored.

The default period for wireless signal loss detection is 4 hours. However, a custom wireless signal loss timeout can be set up that must be at least 3 times longer than the longest Test Time period of a wireless device currently paired with the system. In addition, Eldes Utility indicates a timer of the last Test Time signal delivered by a paired and unpaired wireless device. The software will also warn you if the delivery of the Test Time signal is delayed for a time period that is 5 minutes longer than the Test Time period of a paired wireless device. In case the Test Time signal delivery of an unpaired wireless device is delayed for more than 1,5 minute, a warning will follow and the icon of such wireless device will be removed from the software’s interface in 10 seconds.

Manage

Grade2 wireless communication settings

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

80 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Disable wireless signal loss/restore notification

Enable wireless signal loss/restore notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 18 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 18 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2518030#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 18 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 18 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2518031#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable wireless communication failed notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 25 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 25 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2525031#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Disable wireless communication failed notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 25 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 25 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 252530#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: Once a certain tamper is disabled, the system will NOT deliver any SMS text message regarding the physical tamper violation nor wireless signal loss or restore. For more details on how to manage the tampers, please refer to 16. TAMPERS.

ATTENTION: The system will NOT deliver any text message regarding wireless signal loss or restore while the physical tamper violation is in progress.

82 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

19.4. Disabling and Enabling Siren if Wireless Signal is Lost

If a wireless device loses its wireless signal for 4-hour (by default) or longer, the system will send notification by SMS text message to user phone number and activate the siren/bell. By default, the siren will not be activated when wireless signal is lost. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Enable Siren if

Wireless Signal is Lost

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → SRN IF WLESS LOSS

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 76 and parameter status value:

76 1 #

Example: 761#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable Siren if

Wireless Signal is Lost

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → SRN IF WLESS LOSS

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 76 and parameter status value:

76 0 #

Example: 760#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 - Wireless LED Keypad

Main features:

• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and User/Master Code).

• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).

• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).

• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).

• Visual indication by LED indicators (see 19.5.1. LED Functionality).

• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.

• Keypad partition switch (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

19.5.1. LED Functionality

(red)

INDICATION

Steady ON

Flashing

DESCRIPTION

System armed / exit delay in progress

Configuration mode activated

(green)

Steady ON System is ready – no violated zones and/or violated tampers exist

(orange)

Steady ON

Flashing

System faults exist

Violated high-numbered zone

Violated zone bypassed

(orange)

1-12

(red)

Steady ON

Steady ON Zone violated / configuration command being typed in

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

19.5.2. Keys Functionality

0 9

DESCRIPTION

1st character for STAY-arming

1st character for violated zone bypass and bypassed zone activation

1st character for Configuration mode activation or deactivation

1st character for system fault list indication / 1st character for violated high-numbered zone indication

/ 1st character for violated tamper indication

Command typing

1

*

4 Keypad partition switch

Clear typed in characters

Typed in command confirmation

38

FRONT SIDE

1

4

7

*

2

5

8

0

3

6

9

#

19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout

Once the wireless device is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with ESIM384 system. The communication process follows this pattern:

1. Due to battery power saving reasons, most of the time EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad operates in sleep mode and periodically wakes up (by default - every 5 minutes) to transmit the supervision signal, identified as Test Time, to the ESIM384 system. However, when the keypad wakes up, it will NOT activate its buzzer and/or the LED indicators.

2. When any EKB3W/EWKB4 key is pressed, the keypad LED indicators and the back-light will activate for a set up period of time (by default -

10 seconds), identified as Back-light Timeout. During the Back-light Timeout, the Test Time will automatically switch to 2 seconds period allowing to indicate system alarms, faults and arm/disarm process on the EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad if it is assigned to the same partition as the one that is violated or being armed/disarmed (see 23. PARTITIONS).

3. The Back-light timeout will expire after 10 seconds (by default) of EKB3W/EWKB4 idling. When the Back-light Timeout expires, the keypad will light OFF the LED indicators and the back-light and return to sleep mode. Meanwhile:

a) if a zone or tamper, which is of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, is violated, EKB3W/EWKB4 will instantly wake up and initiate the Back-light Timeout. Meanwhile the keypad buzzer will emit short beeps and the LED indicators will light ON indicating the violated zone or tamper number.

b) if a zone or tamper, which is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, is violated, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad will NOT wake up and will

NOT initiate the Back-light Timeout as well as the buzzer will NOT emit short beeps and the LED indicators will NOT light ON.

To set a different Back-light Timeout value, please refer to the following configuration method:

Set Back-light

Timeout

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details and how to set a different Test Time value, please refer to Eldes Utility .

NOTE: By default, the keypad zone and tamper is enabled, therefore a resistor supplied with the EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad must be connected to the keypad zone terminal and the tamper switch must be properly pressed in when inserting the keypad into the holder.

NOTE: To wake up the keypad it is highly recommended to press the [*] key in order not to enter any unnecessary character. If other character is pressed it is already counted in characters sequence meant for arming/disarming or configuration.

84 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

19.6. EWR2 – Wireless Signal Repeater

Main features:

• Expands the wireless signal range (up to 30m (98.43ft) in premises; up to 150m (492.13ft) in open areas)

• LED indicator for data transmission indication.

• External and internal antenna.

• Backup battery

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

39

Bad signal level

Good signal level

EWR2

ALARM

SYSTEM

WIRELESS

DEVICE

Wireless signal repeater

ELDES alarm system

EWR2

ALARM

SYSTEM

40

Bad signal level

Good signal level

WIRELESS

DEVICE

W-less signal

Level 18%

WIRELESS

DEVICE

EWR2 begins expanding the signal range for wireless devices if the certain conditions are met. In order for EWR2 to function properly, the wireless signal level between EWR2 and

ELDES alarm system must be at least 40%.

EWR2

ALARM

SYSTEM

ALARM

SYSTEM

DEVICE

WIRELESS

DEVICE

Wireless signal repeater

Wireless device

EWR2

W-less signal

Level 18%

In order for EWR2 to start expanding the signal range of a wireless device, the wireless signal level between EWR2 and a wireless device must be at least 18%.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

41

EWR2

Bad signal level

Good signal level

EWR2

WIRELESS

DEVICE

EWR2

ALARM

SYSTEM

Wireless signal repeater

ELDES alarm system

WIRELESS

DEVICE

Wireless device

ALARM

SYSTEM

EWR2

W-less signal

Level 18%

If more then one repeater is connected to Eldes alarm system at a time, the one that receives the strongest signal from a wireless device, will be used to expand it’s signal range. New generation wireless devices are not able to use repeater for boosting their signal.

19.7. EWF1/EWF1CO - Wireless Smoke/CO Detector

Main features:

• Photoelectric sensor for slow smouldering fires

• Photoelectric Co sensor for slow smouldering fires and carbon monoxide (CO) gas detection

• TEST button

• Non-radioactive technology for environmental friendly

• High and stable sensitivity

• Quick fix mounting plate for easy installation

• LED operation indicator

• Built-in speaker for audio alarm indication

• Auto-reset when smoke/CO clears

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

42

FRONT SIDE

SIREN

BACK SIDE

TEST button TAMPER switch

RESET button

BATTERY

DO NOT PAI

NT

LED indicator

19.7.1. Interconnection

The interconnection feature automatically links all wireless smoke/CO detectors that are paired with the alarm system. When any EWF1/

EWF1CO detects smoke or carbon monoxide (CO), it will sound the built-in siren and send the signal to the alarm system resulting in an instant alarm followed by built-in siren sound caused by the rest of EWF1/EWF1CO wireless smoke/CO detectors. EWF1/EWF1CO device that detected smoke/CO will auto-reset when the smoke/CO clears, while the rest of EWF1/EWF1CO smoke/CO detectors will continue to sound in accordance with the set time period (by default - 30 seconds).

By default, the interconnection feature is enabled and the siren alarm duration is 30 seconds. To manage these parameters, please refer to the following configuration methods.

86 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Disable interconnection

Enable interconnection

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWF1 SIREN INTERC.

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 50 and parameter status value:

50 0 #

Example: 500#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWF1 SIREN INTERC.

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 50 and parameter status value:

50 1 #

Example: 501#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: The maximum supported EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration is 255 seconds (4 mins. 15 secs.) even if the system‘s alarm duration value is longer.

NOTE: System‘s alarm duration has a higher priority against the EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration, therefore EWF1/EWF1CO will sound as long as the system‘s alarm duration set up, unless the set up value for EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration is shorter.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

19.8. EW2 - Wireless Zone and PGM Output Expansion Module

Main features:

• 4 zone terminals.

• 2 open-collector outputs.

STATUS

POWER

ANT

• Battery or externally-powered.

• Compatible with any third-party wired sensor or siren.

EW2 is a wireless device intended to expand ELDES alarm system capabilities by providing wireless connection access to any third-party wired devices. EW2 comes equipped with 4 zone terminals designed for wired digital sensor connection, such as magnetic door contact, motion detector etc. In addition, the 2 open-collector outputs on board allow to connect any wired siren as well as to connect and control any electrical appliance, such as gates, lights, watering etc.

The device can operate by powering it either using an external power supply or

3 x 1,5V AA type alkaline batteries on board. Once the external power supply is disconnected, EW2 will automatically switch to battery power.

The maximum number of EW2 devices that can be paired with the system depends on the number of the existing zones in system’s configuration. In case no keypad zones, no EPGM1 zones, no virtual zones and no other wireless zones

F1

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

43 COM DC+ Z1 Z2 COM Z3 Z4 T1 COM T2 C1 C2

19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power Socket

44

LED indication

Button for restoring default parameters or turning ON/OFF

EWM1 when paired with ELDES alarm system

Main features:

• Control your household equipment remotely by wireless keyfob, keypad, ELDES Cloud Services or automatically by scheduled time or system event

• Compatible with any 230V electrical appliance

• View real-time, daily and monthly power consumption report

• Fault indication and protection: circuit thermal, overvoltage, overcurrent, undervoltage, relay fault indication.

Type E, F or G outlet

EWM1 is a wireless device intended to expand ELDES alarm system capabilities by providing a wireless connection access to any 230V electrical appliance, such as lights, air-conditioner, watering equipment etc. By plugging the appliance into the electrical outlet of EWM1, the user gains a possibility to control it by wireless keyfob, keypad, scheduled time or a specific system event. In addition, EWM1 lets you monitor the power consumption and view the reports. In addition, the for safety and protection purposes EWM1 will prevent from powering up the electrical appliance if certain fault conditions are present (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) In order to start using EWM1, it has to be paired with ELDES alarm system using Eldes Utility or by sending a corresponding SMS text message to ELDES alarm system.

It is possible to pair up to 32 EWM1 devices with the system at a time.

The maximum wireless connection range is 150m (492.13ft) (in open areas).

For more on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the user manual of the device located at: www.eldesalarms.com

To monitor real-time power consumption value, view today’s or monthly power consumption reports or reset the power consumption counter, please refer to the following configuration methods.

View power consumption reports

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss EWM1INFO

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 EWM1INFO

88 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Reset power consumption counter for individual EWM1 device

EKB2

Menu path:

Real-time power consumption: OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK

→ REAL TIME ENERGY

Today’s power consumption: ... → out-name → OK → TODAY ENERGY

Monthly power consumption: ... → out-name → OK → MONTHLY ENERGY

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain

EWM1 device.

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss EWM1RESET:out-name

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain

EWM1 device.

Example: 1111 EWM1RESET:Control14

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK → RESET COUNTER → OK →

YES → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain EWM1 device.

Reset power consumption counter for all EWM1 devices simultaneously

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss EWM1RESET:ALL

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 EWM1RESET:ALL

NOTE: Real-time power consumption value is NOT included in the power consumption report requested by SMS text message and can only be seen on Eldes Cloud.

19.10. EWKB5 Wireless Touchpad Overview

EWKB5 is a wireless accessory equipped with a 4.3” true-colour touch screen and compatible with ESIM384 alarm system.

device features:

• Arming and disarming • Multilingual voice-guided audio instructions

• Violated zone bypass and bypassed zone activation

• PGM output control

• Customizable user-friendly graphical menu

• Navigation through the menu using the touch screen

Adjustable brightness and volume level

Battery or externally-powered

Add/delete/edit username and user/master code PIN (accessible from the User’s menu)

EWKB5 has 1 built-in zone terminal, which is by default designed for passive wired digital sensor connection, such as magnetic door contact, and 2 tamper switches for enclosure state supervision in case it is illegally opened or detached from the wall. Regardless if the tamper switch alone is to be used, the zone must be enabled and the resistor of 5,6kΩ nominal must be connected across Z1 and COM connectors.

It is possible to connect up to 2 EWKB5 devices to the alarm system ESIM384. The maximum wireless connection range is 1000m (~984ft)

(in open areas).

Main menu features:

Partition button – arms/disarms the system once a valid master/user code PIN is entered; indicates partition status (armed/disarmed), presence of system faults.

Quick arm button – arms the system by touching and holding this button; master/user code not required (customizable, hidden by default; not shown in picture).

Bypass - the Bypass icon will be shown on the main screen if any bypassed zone is present.

Fire – instantly causes fire alarm by pressing and holding this button (customizable, hidden by default).

Panic – instantly causes silent alarm by pressing and holding this button (customizable, hidden by default).

Controls – opens PGM output menu, thus letting you turn a certain PGM output ON or OFF (customizable, hidden by default).

Settings – grants access to settings menu once a valid master code is entered.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Temperature

HOME: 27 o C

!

01:19

Partition button

HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings

Low wireless signal

Digital clock

Low battery

Dashboard features:

• Low wireless signal – appears when the wireless signal strength ( between EWKB5 and alarm system) drops below 30%.

• Low battery – appears when the battery power drops below 5%.

• Temperature – measured by a built-in ESIM384 temperature sensor or a wireless device paired with the system (customizable, disabled and hidden by default)

• Digital clock – displays system’s current time.

19.10.1. Sleep mode and how to wake up EWKB5

Once EWKB5 is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with the system. The communication process follows this pattern:

Sleep mode. Due to battery power saving reasons, most of the time EWKB5 touchpad operates in sleep mode and periodically (by default

– every 30 seconds) transmits the supervision signal, identified as Test Time, to the ESIM384 system. When the touchpad operates in the sleep mode, the LCD display is switched OFF, but the touchpad permanently stays alert in case of alarm event. However, when the touchpad transmits the supervision signal to the system, it will NOT activate the LCD display.

How to wake up EWKB5

01:19

Home Settings

V0.0

The touchpad will instantly wake up and activate the LCD display under the following conditions:

• when the user slide his finger across the LCD display.

• in the event of any type of alarm while the partition is being armed.

• in the event of fire alarm, regardless of the system status – armed or disarmed.

• while entry delay countdown is in progress.

NOTE: It is highly recommended installing EWKB5 near the designated entrance/exit door and using EWKB5 zone for wired magnetic door contact connection.

19.10.2. How to configure and control the system by EWKB5

The system configuration and control by EWKB5 touchpad is carried out using simple, yet powerful graphical menu displayed on the touch screen. For user-friendly experience, the device supports voice-guided audio instructions. Additionally, the main menu buttons and dash-

90 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

board (top bar) are customizable, thus enabling the user to arrange the components in any way he/she wants.

To navigate through the menu, touch the desired main menu button representing a certain action or menu section. To enter a required value, use the on-screen keyboard automatically appearing when necessary. Typically, the configuration of the system by EWKB5 touchpad is carried out by accessing the Settings menu secured with the master code.

19.10.3. How to arm the system by EWKB5

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the EWKB5 touchpad. While the touchpad is blocked, the system prevents from completing any action. The touchpad will unblock once the alarm system is restarted (user may restart alarm system by turning both mains power and backup power supply OFF or by sending an appropriate SMS command ssss restart , where

“ssss” stands for user’s 4-digit SMS password.

1. To arm the system, touch the Partition button and enter a valid 4-digit user/master code PIN using the on-screen numpad. Alternatively, the user can touch and hold the Quick Arm button in order to arm the system without entering the user code (Quick Arm button will let user to arm all Partitions shown to the current touchpad). However, both methods require the user/master code in order to disarm the system.

If more than 1 Partition is being used, then after entering a valid 4-digit user/master code PIN user will get access to the additional Partition select menu to choose Partitions which he wants to Arm or Disarm. Note that the user must enable/assign the Partition by using Eldes

Utility first.

2. The system will initiate the exit delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) intended for user to leave the secured premises. The countdown initiation will be indicated by voice-guided instructions followed by short beeps emitted by the touchpad.

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

7

C

1

4

8

0

2

5

3

6

9

User PIN

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

ARMING

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

01:19

PART1 PART2 PART3 PART4 Settings

V0.0

PART1

PART2

PART3

PART4

Select partitions

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

3. Once the system is successfully armed, the touchpad will display icon on the Partition button followed by SMS text message confirmation delivered to the listed user phone number (by default).

SMS

User ESIM384

19.10.4. How to disarm and turn off alarm by EWKB5

1. The system will initiate the entry delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) after the user has entered the secured premises. Entry delay countdown is intended for user to enter a valid user code and disarm the system before the alarm is caused.

2. To disarm the system and/or turn off the alarm, enter a valid 4-digit user/master code using the on-screen numpad.

7

C

1

4

8

0

2

5

3

6

9

User PIN

SYSTEM IS

DISARMED

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

3. Once the system is successfully disarmed, the icon displayed on the Partition button will turn to followed by SMS text message confirmation delivered to the listed phone number (by default).

92 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

SMS

User ESIM384

19.10.5. About STAY mode and how to activate it by EWKB5

Stay mode allows the user to arm and disarm the alarm system without leaving the secured premises. Typically, this feature is used when arming the system at home before going to bed.

The system can be Stay-armed using EWKB5 under the following condition:

Automatic – If a Delay-type zone with Stay attribute enabled exists and it is NOT violated during the exit delay countdown, the system will arm in Stay mode. Once the system is successfully Stay-armed, the icon will be indicated on the Partition button.

For more details on how to disarm and turn off the alarm by EWKB5 touchpad, please refer to section How to disarm the system and turn

OFF alarm by EWKB5.

19.10.6. Alarm indications and how to view violated zones / tampers by EWKB5

The icon displayed on the Partition button indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If the icon is displayed instead, the partition is not ready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones and violated tampers associated with the zone can be bypassed (if a zone with the

Force attribute is bypassed, the following icon will appear on the main screen ; see 19.10.7. How to bypass a violated zone and

activate a bypassed zone by EWKB5) or a Force attribute enabled for a certain zone, resulting in partial arm (if a zone with the Force attribute is violated, the following icon will appear on the main screen; see Zone attributes). The icon displayed on the Partition button represents all types of alarm, except tamper and fire alarm, while the icon represents fire alarm exclusively. Note that when the system is armed, both and icons will disappear. In case of system fault presence, including tamper violation, the icon will appear on the Partition button (see section 19.10.11. Fault messages).

To view the list of violated zones and/or violated tampers associated with certain zones, please open Zones section by navigating through the menu as follows. Please, note that Master code is required for this action.

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

7

C

1

4

8

0

2

5

3

6

9

Master PIN

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

Alarm Zone1

Alarm Zone2

Alarm Zone4

EKB5W Police zone

EKB5W Fire zone

Zones

Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults

The following Zones section icons represent the state of a certain zone/tamper:

– zone/tamper is OK – not violated.

– zone of wireless category.

– zone is violated.

– tamper associated with a corresponding zone is violated.

- LOW battery of the corresponding zones sensor

19.10.7. How to bypass a violated zone and activate a bypassed zone by EWKB5

Arming the system is disabled while there’s at least 1 violated zone. Bypassing the zone allows to temporally disable a particular violated zone and arm the alarm system afterwards.

In case the user attempts to arm the system, while a violated zone/tamper exists, the touchpad will automatically re-direct the user to the

Bypass section, which lists the violated zones/tampers, and deny system arming unless the violated zone/tamper is bypassed. Alternatively, the user can navigate through the menu as indicated below.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

1. To bypass a certain zone and the tamper associated with the zone, please slide the appropriate switch to the right.

2. To activate a bypassed zone, navigate through the aforementioned menu path and slide the bypassed zone’s switch to the left.

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

7

C

1

4

8

0

2

5

3

6

9

Master PIN

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

Alarm Zone1

HOME

Alarm Zone2

HOME

Alarm Zone4

HOME

EKB5W Police zone

HOME Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults

NOTE: Zones can only be bypassed when the system is not armed.

The Configuration mode must be deactivated, while bypassing and activating a bypassed zone.

19.10.8. How to manually trigger panic or fire alarm by EWKB5

In the event of emergency, the user might be able to manually trigger the fire and panic alarm using EWKB5. By default the Fire and Panic buttons are disabled, therefore they must be enabled under the Settings section beforehand.

To trigger fire or panic alarm, please touch and hold the Fire or Panic button respectively. This action will be followed by a voice message

“Fire signal has been sent” and “Alarm signal has been sent” respectively. Also, panic or fire button trigger silent or fire virtual zone. No user/ master code is required for this action.

HOME: 27 o C

!

01:19 HOME: 27 o C

!

01:19

HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings

19.10.9. How to control PGM outputs by EWKB5

Using EWKB5 , user can remotely control the electric appliances linked to the PGM outputs of the associated wireless devices. The available

PGM outputs are listed under the Controls button menu. By default the Controls button is disabled, therefore it must be enabled under the

Advanced section beforehand. Alternatively, the user can enable an individual button for each available PGM output in order to control it directly from the main menu. The button title reflects the PGM output name that can be changed using Eldes Utility.

A. To turn a PGM output ON, touch the Controls button (path: Master menu -> Advanced ->Quick menu) in order to access the list of available PGM outputs and slide the switch of a certain PGM output to the right. Sliding the switch to the left will turn OFF the PGM output. No code is required for these actions.

94 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

HOME: 27 o C

!

01:19

Control1

Control2

HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings

B. To turn a PGM output ON by a single touch, please touch the corresponding PGM output button. Notice the icon displayed on the button changing from (represents PGM output’s OFF state) to (represents PGM output’s ON state). Touching the button again will turn OFF the PGM output. No code is required for these actions. The maximum number of PGM outputs that can be shown on the Main menu is 5.

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

Controls Fire Control1 Control2 Settings

NOTE: If you do not wish to display either the Controls button or individual PGM output button in the main menu due to the security reasons, you can alternatively access the Controls menu under the Settings menu secured with Master PIN code.

19.10.10. How to view event log using EWKB5

The event log feature allows the system to chronologically register the records regarding certain system events, such as alarms, arm/ disarm events etc. Using EWKB5 the user can view the complete event log.

To view the event log, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that this action requires Master PIN code.

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

7

C

1

4

8

0

2

5

3

6

9

Master PIN

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults

For more details on event log feature, please refer to section 28.1. Event Log

Events from 1 - 16

Disarmed over KEYBOARD: HOME

User1

2016.09.06 10:40

Zone Alarm: HOME, Alarm Zone1

2016.09.06 10:39

Stay Armed over KEYBOARD: HOME

User1

2016.09.06 09:47

Disarmed over KEYBOARD: HOME

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

19.10.11. User’s menu

Using EWKB5 , it is possible to add new users and configure which partitions the newly added user can control. The option to add a new user is listed under the Users button menu. To add a new user, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that this action requires Master PIN code (only for the entrance to Settings menu).

User configurtion

Master

ADD NEW USER

Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced

PIN: Pin must be 4 digits

Home

Garage

Basment

96 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

19.10.12. Master’s menu

Using EWKB5 , it is possible to: edit Master settings, change Master name and Master PIN code; manage Partitions; delete selected users.

User configurtion

Master

ADD NEW USER

Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced

PIN:

Home

Garage

Basment

Master|

1111|

1

Q

2

W

A S

Z

3

E

D

X

4

R space

F

C

5

T

G

V

6

Y

7

U

8

I

H

B

J

N enter

K

M

9

O

L

0

P

Master|

1 2

Q

A

W

S

Z

3

E

D

X

4

R space

F

C

5

T

G

V

6

Y

7

U

8

I

H

B

J

N enter

K

M

9

O

L

0

P

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

19.10.13. Fault messages

icon displayed on the Partition button indicates the presence of certain system faults. To view a detailed list of the currently present system faults, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that Master PIN code is required for this action.

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

7

C

1

4

8

0

2

5

3

6

9

Master PIN

HOME: 27 o C 01:19

Tamper Violated

Zones Outputs Faults Users Settings

A more detailed description of each system fault is provided in the table below.

Message

MAIN POWER LOST

LOW BATTERY

BAD BATTERY

RF JAMMER DETECTED

TAMPER VIOLATED

DATE/TIME NOT SET

GSM FAILURE

Description

Mains power is lost

Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is lower than required

Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2,5Ω or higher

Wireless signal is blocked by jammer

One or more tampers are violated

Date/time not set

GSM connection is lost

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FAILURE Wireless connection with a certain (all) wireless device is lost for 20 minutes or longer

EWM1 FAULT One or more EWM1 device faults exist - enter this menu item to view the existing EWM1 device faults.

COMMUNICATION TO MS FAILED In case the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections to deliver data message to the monitoring station.

In order to find out which particular tamper is violated, please open the Master-code-secured Zones section by navigating through the menu as follows.

19.10.14. Advanced

The availability of additional configuration on EWKB5 touchpad screen depends on user’s selection. Once the user wakes the touchpad up, enters to the Main menu’s Settings section and slides his finger across the LCD display, there he’ll see the button “Advanced”. When the user click on that button, the additional menu will open up and from there on the user will be able to check or configure the following:

Temperature - indicates the current temperature of the secured area premises, monitored by the alarm system’s temperature sensor.

Sound settings - allows to change various sound settings of the EWKB5 (to increase/decrease speech or sound volume, to enable speech in case of fire alarm, etc. )

LCD settings - allows to change EWKB5 screen’s wake up time and brightness settings.

Quick menu - allows to select those necessary options (menu buttons), which will be shown on the main screen of EWKB5. Arrows (directed up and down) offers to re-order the current layout of menu buttons.

Service Mode - this mode should be used when it is necessary to re-install some of the peripheral devices (to change batteries, open/close enclosure and etc.) or make other installation changes. In this mode, system does not check for tamper faults so it won’t start siren alarm.

About - section of additional information about the touchpad model, alarm system model, hardware and firmware.

98 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Temperature

Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced

Sound Settings

Speech volume

Sound volume

Speech on fire

30 %

30 %

Quick Menu

Quick arm

Panic

Fire

About

Model:

EWKB5

Connected to:

ESIM384, FW: V1.0.17

Firmware version: V0.0

LCD Stteings

Brightness

Wake up time

75 %

10 s

Service mode

Service mode

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

20. WIRED SIREN/BELL

When the system is in alarm state, the siren/bell will sound until the set time (by default – 1 minute) expires or until the system is disarmed.

To set the alarm duration, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Set alarm duration SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss SIREN:t

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; t – alarm duration, range – [0... 5] minutes.

Example: 1111 SIREN:4

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → ALARM DURATION

→ OK → tt → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; tt – alarm duration, range – [1... 10] minutes.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 10 and alarm duration:

10 tt #

Value: tt – alarm duration, range – [00... 10] minutes.

Example: 1007#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View alarm duration

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss SIREN

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password

Example: 1111 SIREN

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → ALARM DURATION

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For siren/bell wiring diagram, please refer to 2.3.3. Siren.

NOTE: The maximum supported alarm duration is 30 minutes that can be set up using Eldes Utility only. “0” value disables the siren/bell.

NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, the wireless siren will sound for up to 6 minutes max. regardless of the set up alarm duration value when it is longer than 6 minutes

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

20.1. BELL Output Status Monitoring

The system constantly supervises the BELL output. If the siren/bell is disconnected/cut-off, the system may send the notification by SMS text message (by default- disabled) to the listed user phone number and indicate system fault condition on the keypad (see 29. INDI-

CATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS). Once the bell/siren is connected/fixed, the system may notify the listed user by SMS text message (by default - disabled) and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault. Please, note that in order to use this feature, the resistors must be connected to BELL output. Resistors must be connected to BELL output to meet the monitored resistance value of 1kOhm-2.2kOhm if the siren itself does not have this resistance (see 2.3.3. Siren).

By default, the notification by SMS text message regarding the BELL output status is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Enable Siren Fail/

Restore notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

MS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 08 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 08 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2508021#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable Siren Fail/

Restore notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 08 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 08 50 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2508040#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

20.2. Bell Squawk

If enabled, the siren/bell indicates the completed system arming and disarming process. After the system is successfully armed, the siren/ bell will emit 2 short beeps and 1 long beep after the system is disarmed. To enable/disable the Bell Squawk feature, please refer to the following configuration methods. NOTE: wireless siren always emits 3 beeps regardless of arming or disarming was done.

Enable Bell Squawk

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK → OK

→ ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Disable Bell Squawk

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 29 and parameter status value:

29 1 #

Example: 291#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK → OK

→ DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 29 and parameter statusvalue:

29 0 #

Example: 290#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

20.3. Bell Squawk in Stay Mode

If enabled, the Bell Squawk will be available when arming/disarming the system in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE). To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods

Enable Bell Squawk in Stay Mode

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK STAY

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 95 and parameter status value:

95 1 #

Value: 951#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable Bell Squawk

in Stay Mode

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK STAY

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 95 and parameter status value:

95 0 #

Value: 950#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

20.4. Indication by EWS2 - Wireless Outdoor Siren Indicators

When enabled, the built-in LED indicators of EWS2 wireless outdoor siren will flash during the alarm. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Enable EWS2 LED indication

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS2 LED → OK →

ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 88 and parameter status value:

88 1 #

Example: 881#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable EWS2 LED indication

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS2 LED → OK →

DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 88 and parameter status value:

88 0 #

Example: 880#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

20.5. Indication by EWS3 - Wireless Indoor Siren Indicators

When enabled, the built-in LED indicators of EWS3 wireless indoor siren will flash during the alarm. In the event of burglary, 24-hour or tamper alarm, EWS3 will flash the blue LED indicators, while in case of a fire alarm, the device can flash the red LED indicator. To enable/ disable these features, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Enable EWS3 LED indication

EKB2

Menu path:

Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN

SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 ALARM LED → OK → ENABLE → OK

Fire alarm LED: ... → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 FIRE LED → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 94/93 and parameter status value:

Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 94 1 #

Fire alarm LED: 93 1 #

Example: 931#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable EWS3 LED indication

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN

SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 ALARM LED → OK → DISABLE → OK

Fire alarm LED: ... → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 FIRE LED → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 94/93 and parameter status value:

Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 94 0 #

Fire alarm LED: 93 0 #

Example: 940#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

21. BACKUP BATTERY, MAINS POWER STATUS MONITORING AND MEMORY

21.1. Backup Battery Status Monitoring

The system may comes equipped with a backup battery maintaining power supply of the system when the mains power is temporally lost.

The implemented feature allows the system to perform a self-test on the backup battery and notify the user by SMS text message as well as to indicate system fault by the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) if:

• battery has failed and requires replacement – battery resistance is 2Ω or higher; self-tested every 24 hours.

• battery is dead or missing – battery is not present or battery voltage is below 5V; self-tested every 1 minute.

• battery power is running low – battery voltage is 10.5V or lower; constantly self-tested.

By default, all notifications regarding the backup battery status are enabled. To disable/enable a determined backup battery notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Disable Battery Failed notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY FAILED → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 05 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 05 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2105010#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable Battery Failed notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY FAILED → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 05 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 05 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2505031#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable Battery Dead or Missing notification

EKB2

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 06 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 06 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 5506070#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable Battery Dead or Missing notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 06 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 06 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 5506101#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable Low Battery notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → LOW BATTERY → OK → GSM

USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS TO ALL → OK

→ DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 07 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 07 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2107100#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable Low Battery notification

EKB2

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → LOW BATTERY → OK → GSM

USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS TO ALL → OK

→ ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 07 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 07 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2107021#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text massage transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

NOTE: In order to view the backup battery voltage, resistance, please refer to Diagnostic Management feature available on Eldes Utility .

21.2. Mains Power Status Monitoring

If the household electricity is unstable in the system installation area, the system may temporally lose its power supply and continue operating on the backup battery power. The system supervises the mains power and notifies the user by SMS text message as well as indicates system fault condition on the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) when the mains power is lost. When the mains power restores, the system will notify the user by SMS text message and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.

By default, system notification by SMS text message regarding mains power status is enabled. To disable/enable this notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Disable mains power loss/restore notification

EKB2

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → MAIN POWER L/R → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISBLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 04 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 04 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2504050#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Enable mains power loss/restore notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → MAIN POWER L/R → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 04 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 04 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2514091#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, mains power loss and restore delay are 30 and 120 seconds respectively. To set a different mains power loss and restore delay duration, please refer to the following configuration methods.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Set mains power loss delay

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

OK → iii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → MAIN POWER STATUS → OK → LOSS DELAY →

OK → lllll → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.

Enter parameter 70 and loss delay duration:

70 lllll #

Value: lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.

Example: 7043#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set mains power restore delay

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → MAIN POWER STATUS → OK → RESTORE DELAY

→ OK → rrrrr → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range - [0...

65535] seconds.

Enter parameter 71 and restore delay duration:

71 rrrrr #

Value: rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.

Example: 71150#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

21.3. Memory

The configuration settings and event log records are stored in a built-in memory, therefore even if the system is fully shut down, the configuration and event log remain. For more details regarding the event log, please refer to 28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

22. GSM CONNECTION AND ANTENNA STATUS MONITORING

22.1. GSM Connection Status Monitoring

The system supervises the GSM connection every 10 minutes. When the GSM connection loss is detected, the system indicator NETW will light OFF and the system will attempt to restore the GSM connection. In case the system fails to restore the GSM connection within a 3-minute period (by default), the keypad will indicate the system fault condition (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) and the system will continue the attempt to restore the GSM connection. In addition, the system may turn ON a determined PGM output to indicate the GSM connection loss fault (by default - disabled).

Once the GSM signal restores, the system may notify the listed user by SMS text message (by default - disabled), the keypad will no longer indicate system fault and the determined PGM output will turn OFF (if set up).

By default, the notifications by SMS text message regarding GSM signal loss is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Enable GSM

Connection Failed notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 11 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 21111#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable GSM

Connection Failed notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK

→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 11 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2511020#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, the PGM output for GSM signal loss indication is not set. To set the PGM output and delay duration for GSM signal loss indication, please refer to the following configuration method.

Manage GSM signal loss indication by PGM output

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text massage transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

22.2. GSM/GPRS antenna Status Monitoring

The system constantly monitors the GSM/GPRS antenna status. If the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/cut-off, the system may send notification by SMS text message (by default - disabled) to the listed user and the keypad will indicate system fault condition (see 29. IN-

DICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS). Once the antenna is connected/fixed, the system may notify the user by SMS text message (by default

- disabled) and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.

By default, the notification by SMS text message regarding the GSM/GPRS antenna status is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Enable GSM/GPRS

Antenna Fail/Restore notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 12 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 12 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2512031#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable GSM/GPRS

Antenna Fail/Restore notification

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

User phone number: 25 12 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 120 #

SMS delivery report: 55 120 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2512030#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

23. PARTITIONS

ESIM384 system comes equipped with a partitioning feature that can divide the alarm system into four independently controlled areas identified as Partition 1 through 4, which are all supervised by one alarm system unit. Partitioning can be used in installations where shared alarm system is more practical, such as a house and a garage or within a single multi-storey building. When partitioned, each system element, like zone, user phone number, keypad, user/master code, iButton key and wireless keyfob can be assigned to single or multiple partitions. The user will then be able to arm/disarm the system partition (-s) that the zones and arm/disarm method are assigned to.

The following table reflects the values used for system element assignment to partitions when configuring via EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/

EWKB4 keypad. A sum of values is used to assign the element to multiple partitions.

Partition

Partition 1

Partition 2

Partition 3

Partition 4

Value

1

2

4

8

Example1: The user wants to assign a certain iButton key to Partition 4 only. According to the table value 8 reflects Partition 4. He would then have to enter value 8.

Example2: The user wants to assign a certain user code to Partition 2 and 3. According to the table value 2 reflects Partition 2, while value 4 reflects Partition 3, therefore 2 + 4 = 6. He would then have to enter value 6.

Example3: The user wants to assign a certain zone to Partition 1, 3 and 4. According to the table value 1 reflects Partition 1, while values 4 and 8 reflect Partitions 3 and 4 respectively, therefore 1 + 4 + 8 = 13. He would then have to enter value 13.

23.1. Zone Partition

Zone partition determines which system partition (-s) the zone will operate in.

Set zone partition EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK

→ PARTITION → OK → pv → OK

Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → PARTITION → OK → pv → OK

Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → PARTITION →

OK → pv → OK

EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →

OK → PARTITION → OK → pv → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15] (see 23. PARTITIONS).

Enter parameter 57, zone number and partition value:

57 nn pv #

Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15].

Example: 57032#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: Wireless siren EWS2/EWS3 siren will sound only if wireless zone of the siren is assigned to the same partition as the one that has been alarmed.

23.2. User Phone Number Partition

User phone number partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarmed from a certain user phone number by dialing system’s phone number or sending an SMS text message.

Set user phone number partition

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PARTITION → pv → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 59, user phone number slot and partition value:

59 us pv #

Value: us – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].

Example: 591013#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch

Keypad partition determines which system partition the keypad will operate in. To identify which partition the keypad is operating in:

• EKB2 – Refer to partition name (by default – PART1) indicated in home screen view.

• EKB3W/EWKB4/EKB3 (2-partition mode) – Refer to the location of the illuminated indicator on the keypad. The indicator will be illuminated under section A or B, which represent Partition 1 and Partition 2 respectively.

EKB3 keypad can operate in the following modes:

• 2-partition mode – This parameter determines whether EKB3 keypad can operate only in one of the first two system partitions allowing to arm/disarm them and switch the keypad partition using [1]... [2] keys. This mode is set up by default.

• 4-partition mode – This parameter determines whether EKB3 keypad can operate in one of the four system partitions allowing to arm/disarm them, indicate arm/disarm status, partition state (alarmed/not alarmed) on [1]... [4] keys (see 32.1.2. EKB3 - LED Key-

pad) and switch the keypad partition using [1]... [4] keys.

The keypad must be assigned to the same partition as the user/master code (see 23.4. User/Master Code Partition) in order to arm/ disarm the system by the keypad. For more details on system arming/disarming by the keypad, please refer to 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and

User/Master Code, 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code and 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and User/Master Code.

Set EKB3 partition mode as 2-partition or

4-partition

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set keypad partition EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

EKB2 partition: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK →

KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → [k] EKB2 → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK → DISABLE | ENABLE → OK

EKB3 partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → [k] EKB3 → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK

EKB3W partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → EKB3W PARTITION → OK → EKB3W wless-id

→ OK → PARTITION 1... 2 → OK

EWKB4 partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → EWKB4 PARTITION → OK → EWKB4 wless-id

→ OK → PARTITION 1... 2 → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; k – keypad slot, range – [1... 4]; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.

Enter parameter 51, keypad slot and partition number:

EKB3 partition: 51 kk p #

EKB3W/EWKB4 partition: 51 kw r #

Value: kk – EKB3 keypad slot, range – [01... 04]; kw – EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad slot, range –

[05... 08]; p – EKB3 partition number, range – [1... 4]; r – EKB3W/EWKB4 partition number, range – [1... 2].

Example: 51062#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: 4-partition mode must be enabled in order to assign EKB3 keypad to Partition 3 or Partition 4.

NOTE: EKB2 keypad can operate in multiple partitions, while EKB3 keypad can operate only in a single partition.

NOTE: EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad assignment is restricted to Partition 1 and Partition 2.

NOTE: The slots for EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads are automatically assigned to the paired keypad in the chronological order, hence the earliest paired keypad would acquire slot 5, while the latest paired keypad would acquire slot 8.

Keypad partition switch allows to quickly change the EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad partition. When the keypad partition is changed and when 1 minute after the last key-stroke expires, the keypad will return to the assigned keypad partition. Typically, this feature is used for viewing arm/ disarm status and alarms of a different partition or when arming/disarming a different system partition by EKB3/EKB3W/

EWKB4 keypad than the keypad is assigned to.

By default, keypad partition switch is disabled. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Enable keypad partition switch

Disable keypad partition switch

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → PARTITION SWITCH

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 77 and parameter status value:

77 1#

Example: 771#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → PARTITION SWITCH

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 77 and parameter status value:

77 0 #

Example: 770#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Keypad partition switch can only be used when the system is partitioned.

23.4. User/Master Code Partition

User/master code partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarm using a certain user/master code. User/master code must be assigned to the same partition as the keypad (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) in order to arm/ disarm the system by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad . For more details on system arming/disarming by the keypad, please refer to

12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code, 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code and 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and

User/Master Code.

Set user/master code partition

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

Master code: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → MASTER CODE → OK → PARTITION → OK

→ pv → OK

User code 2... 17: ... → CODES → OK → USER CODE (2-17) → OK → USER CODE 2... 17 → OK →

PARTITION → OK → pv → OK

User code 18... 30: ... → CODES → OK → USER CODE (18-30) → OK → USER CODE 18... 30 → OK

→ PARTITION → OK → pv → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].

Press , 5, enter 01/user code slot, partition value and master code:

Master code: 5 01 pv mmmm #

User code: 5 us pv mmmm #

Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 30]; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15]; mmmm -

4-digit master code.

Example: 504081111#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must be deactivated, while managing user and master code partition.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

23.5. iButton Key Partition iButton key partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarmed using a certain key. iButton key must be assigned to the partition (-s) that the user desires to arm. For more details on system arming/disarming by iButton key, please refer to 12.6. iButton

Key.

Set iButton key partition

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1... 16 → OK →

PARTITION → OK → pv → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15]..

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 60, iButton key slot and partition value:

60 is pv #

Value: is – iButton key slot, range – [01... 16]; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15].

Example: 60059#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

23.6. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob Partition

EWK2 wireless keyfob partition determines which system partition can be armed/disarmed using a certain EWK2 wireless keyfob. For more details on system arming/disarming by EWK2 wireless keyfob, please refer to 12.7. EWK2 Wire less Keyfob.

Set EWK2/EWK2A partition

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

24. TEMPERATURE SENSORS

The system may be equipped with on-board temperature sensors and/or wireless devices with built-in temperature sensors intended for temperature measurement in the surrounding areas. This feature allows to monitor the temperature of up to 8 different areas in real-time and receive a notification by SMS text message to the listed user phone number and/or monitoring station’s middle-ware when the set temperature thresholds are exceeded. The temperature is measured at 0,5 degree centigrade (°C) accuracy and automatically rounded to the higher value when 0,5 or above, e. g. temperature ranging from 23,5°C through 24,4°C will be treated as 24°C. For this purpose you may use the on-board temperature sensors or the built-in temperature sensor of the following wireless devices:

• EWP2 – wireless motion detector.

• EWKB4 - wireless keypad.

• EWP3 – wireless motion detector.

• EWD2 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.

• EWD3 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.

• EWS3 – wireless indoor siren.

• EWS2 – wireless outdoor siren.

• EWF1 - wireless smoke detector.

• EWF1CO - wireless smoke and CO detector.

• EW2 - wireless zone and PGM output expansion module (an external temperature sensor (-s) must be connected to EW2 for this purpose).

24.1. Adding, Removing and Replacing On-Board Dallas Temperature Sensors

To add a temperature sensor to the system, do the following: a) Shut down the system. b) Wire up the temperature sensor to the 1-Wire interface terminals (see 2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader for

temperature sensor wiring diagram).

c) Power up the system.

d) Run slot.

Eldes Utility , check if the temperature sensor has been recognized by the system and assign it to the desired temperature sensor e) If more than one temperature sensor is required, shut down the system again and wire another sensor in parallel to the previous one.

By default, the first added temperature sensor will be identified as primary and the second one – as secondary temperature sensor (see

24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors).

f) Repeat the procedure as mentioned in steps from a) to d).

g) Add as many temperature sensors as necessary – wire up one after another in parallel – until the number of 8 sensors is reached.

To view the real-time temperature values measured by each temperature sensor, please refer to the following configuration methods.

View real-time temperature values of individual temperature sensor

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss ITEMP:ts

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].

Example: 1111 ITEMP:4

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C

Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p

– real-time temperature value.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View real-time temperature values of all temperature sensors

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss ITEMP:?

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 ITEMP:?

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C

Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p

– real-time temperature value.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

If an on-board temperature sensor is faulty, it is recommended to remove it or replace it by a functional sensor. In order to assign the temperature sensor slot of the damaged temperature sensor to the new temperature sensor, please follow the procedure: a) Shut down the system.

b) Disconnect the faulty temperature sensor and replace it with a new one.

c) Power up the system.

d) Run Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

e) Select the newly replaced temperature sensor ID from the drop-down list of the temperature sensor slot that was previously associated with a faulty temperature sensor.

Remove/replace individual temperature sensor

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors

Any out of 8 available temperature sensors can be set as primary or secondary. The real-time temperature values of the primary and secondary temperature sensors are included in the Info SMS text message (see 26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS) as well as the temperature measured by the primary temperature sensor is indicated in the home screen view of EKB2 keypad.

To set temperature sensors as primary or secondary, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Set primary temperature sensor

SMS

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

SMS text message content: ssss TEMPI:PRIM:ts

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].

Example: 1111 TEMPI:PRIM:4

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → PRIMARY TEMP SENS

→ OK → 1... 8 CONNECTED → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 89 and temperature sensor slot:

89 ts #

Value: ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].

Example: 8903#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set secondary temperature sensor

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss TEMPI:SEC:ts

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].

Example: 1111 TEMPI:SEC:3

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → SECOND. TEMP SENS

→ OK → 1... 8 CONNECTED → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 90 and temperature sensor slot:

90 ts #

Value: ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].

Example: 9005#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

To view the slot number of primary and secondary temperature sensors, please refer to the following configuration methods.

View primary and secondary temperature sensor slot number

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss TEMPI:?

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 TEMPI:?

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EKB2

Menu path:

Primary: OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (PRIM)

Secondary: ... → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (SEC)

Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p

– real-time temperature value.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View primary and secondary temperature sensor real-time temperature values

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss INFO

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 INFO

Menu path:

Primary: OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (PRIM)

Secondary: ... → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (SEC)

Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p

– real-time temperature value.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Primary and secondary temperature sensors can be set by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111 TEMPI:PRIM:4,SEC:3

24.3. Setting Up MIN and MAX Temperature Thresholds. Temperature Info SMS

The system supports an SMS text message identified as the Temperature Info SMS, which is automatically delivered to the listed user phone number if the specified minimum (MIN) or maximum (MAX) temperature threshold of any temperature sensor is exceeded by at

least 1°C. In case of temperature threshold’s is exceeded, an event data message will be sent to the monitoring station

To set the MIN and MAX temperature thresholds for a certain temperature sensor, please refer to the configuration methods.

Set MIN and MAX temperature boundaries

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts:MIN:mnn,MAX:mxx

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; mnn – MIN boundary, range – [-55... 125] C; mxx - MAX boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C.

Example: 1111 TEMP2:MIN:-5,MAX:28

EKB2

Menu path:

MIN: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE

SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MIN → OK → mnn → OK

MAX: ... → TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MAX → OK → mxx → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; mnn – MIN boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C; mxx - MAX boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C.

Keys P1 or P2 are used to enter minus character, e.g. -20.

View MIN and

MAX temperature boundaries

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].

Example: 1111 TEMP4

Menu path:

MIN: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE

SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MIN

MAX: ... → TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MAX

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

NOTE: MIN and MAX thresholds can also be set separately by multiple SMS text messages, Example: 1111 TEMP1:MIN:6 and 1111 TEMP1:-

MAX:40

24.4. Temperature Sensor Names

The temperature sensor name is included in the Temperature Info SMS when delivered to the listed user phone number. This feature allows easier identification of the temperature sensor and normally it is used when monitoring temperature changes in different areas.

Set temperature sensor name

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts:NAME:temp-sens-name

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; tempsens-name – 4 to 15 characters temperature sensor name.

Example: 1111 TEMP3:NAME:Warehouse

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View temperature sensor name

Delete temperature sensor name

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].

Example: 1111 TEMP3

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE SENS

1... 8 → OK → NAME

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts:NAME:

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].

Example: 1111 TEMP2:NAME:

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

25. REMOTE LISTENING

ESIM384 can be equipped with a microphone (NOT INCLUDED!), that allows the user to listen on his mobile phone to what is happening in the secured area. Remote listening can operate under the following conditions:

• The system makes a phone call via GSM to a listed user phone number in case of alarm and the user answers the call.

• The user initiates remote listening by sending the SMS text message, the system makes a phone call via GSM to the user phone number that the SMS text message was sent from and the user answers the call.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

25. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS

The system supports an informational SMS text message identified as the Info SMS, which can be delivered upon request. Once requested, the system will reply with Info SMS that provides the following:

• System date and time.

• System status: partition armed (ON)/disarmed (OFF).

• GSM signal strength.

• Mains power status.

• Temperature of the area surrounding primary and secondary temperature sensors (if any).

• State of zones (OK/alarm).

• Name and status (ON/OFF) of PGM outputs.

Request for system information

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss INFO

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 INFO

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

25.1. Periodic Info SMS

By default, the system sends Info SMS to User 1 phone number periodically once a day at 11:00 (frequency – 1 day; time – 11). The minimum period is every 5 minutes, which can be set using Eldes Utility . Typically, this feature is used to verify the power supply and online status of the system.

To set a different frequency and time or disable periodic Info SMS, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Set periodic Info SMS frequency and time

SMS

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

SMS text message content: ssss INFO:fff.it

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; fff – frequency, range – [0... 99] days; it – time, range

– [0... 23].

Example: 1111 INFO:3.15

Menu path:

Frequency: OK → iiii → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → PERIODIC INFO → OK → FREQUENCY

(DAYS) → fff → OK

Time: ... → PERIODIC INFO → OK → TIME → it → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; fff – frequency, range – [00... 125] days; it – time, range –

[00... 23].

Enter parameter 11, time and frequency:

11it fff #

Value: it – time, range – [01... 23]; fff – frequency, range – [00... 125] days.

Example: 110412#

Disable periodic Info

SMS

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES software.

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss INFO:00.00

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 INFO:00.00

Menu path:

Frequency: OK → iiii → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → PERIODIC INFO → OK → FREQUENCY

(DAYS) → 0 → OK

Time: ... → PERIODIC INFO → OK → TIME → 0 → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 11 and parameter status value:

11 00 00 #

Example: 110000#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: Unlike Info SMS upon request, periodic Info SMS text message does not include zone states, PGM output names and status.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

26. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS

By default, in case of a certain event, the system attempts to send an SMS text message to the first listed user phone number only. If the user phone number is unavailable and the system fails to receive the SMS delivery report during 45 seconds, it will attempt to send the SMS text message to the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition as the previous one. The user phone number may be unavailable due to the following reasons:

• mobile phone was switched off.

• was out of GSM signal coverage.

The system will continue sending the SMS text message to the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available.

The system sends the SMS text message only once and will not return to the first user phone number if the last one was unavailable.

To change the SMS text message delivery algorithm, user can enable/disable the following parameters for certain events:

• SMS Cascade enabled - In case of specified event, system sends SMS text message to first user in a row. Only in case of failed attempt

(user phone is turned off or etc.) system will send to another user in a row until first successful attempt.

• SMS Cascade disabled - If ‘SMS Cascade’ option is disabled, the system simultaneously sends a certain SMS text message to all available users regardless if the previous one has received the SMS text message or not.

When using Dual-SIM feature, the Secondary SIM card is involved in the communication process. For more details, please refer to 31. DUAL

SIM MANAGEMENT.

The following table provides the description of system notifications by SMS text message sent to the user phone number.

14

15

16

17

7

8

9

10

11

2

3

Seq. No. Event

1 System armed

4

5

System disarmed

General alarm

Mains power loss/ restore

Battery failed

6

Description

SMS text message sent to the user regarding armed system.

SMS text message sent to the user about disarmed system.

SMS text message sent to the user in case of system alarm occurrence.

SMS text message sent to the user in case the mains power is lost or restored

Battery dead or missing

Low battery

Siren fail/restore

SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher

(battery requires replacement).

SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V.

SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower.

SMS text message sent to the user in case the siren is disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.

Date/time not set SMS text message sent to the user in case system date and time is not set.

GSM connection failed SMS text message sent to the user in case the GSM connection is lost.

12

13

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore

Tamper alarm

Communication bus fail/restore

SMS text message sent to the user in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.

SMS text message sent to the user in case of tamper violation. Indicated as Tamper x .

SMS text message sent to the user in case the RS485 device, such as keypad or zone and PGM output expansion module is disconnected/broken or disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.

18

19

Temperature info

System started

Periodical info

Wireless signal loss/ restore

Unable to arm

CO level critical

SMS text message sent to the user in case of temperature deviation by the set values.

SMS text message sent to the user on system startup.

Info SMS text message sent to the user periodically by the set values.

SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal is lost or restored.. Indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x and Wireless signal restored. From wless-dev wless-id Tamper x respectively. This notification does NOT apply to EWM1 device.

SMS text message sent to the user in case the system denies arming due to existing violated zone

(-s)/tamper (-s)/other system fault (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring).

SMS text message sent to the user in case the critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration detected by EWF1CO is reached.

20

Report/Control zone triggered

SMS text message sent to the user in case the Report/Control-type zone is triggered.

21

22

23

24

25

26

Zone autobypass

EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore

Incoming SMS forwarding

Wireless communication failed

RF jammer detected

Communication with

MS failed

SMS text message sent to the user in case a violated zone is bypassed automatically.

SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal with EWM1 device is lost or restored.

Indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x and Wireless signal restored.

From wless-dev wless-id Tamper x respectively. This notification cannot be managed via EKB2.

SMS text message sent to the user in case the SMS forwarding of the incoming SMS text messages is enabled (see 27.3 SMS Forward). This notification can be managed via EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 and

Eldes Utility only.

SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal failure is lasting for 20 minutes. This event is a warning and does NOT cause an alarm (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring).

SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal is blocked by jammer.

SMS text message sent to user in case the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections to deliver data message to the monitoring station. This event can be managed using Eldes

Utility only.

To enable/disable a certain system notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Disable system notification

EKB2

Menu path:

System armed:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

System disarmed:

User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

General alarm:

User phone number: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Mains power loss/restore:

User phone number: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Battery failed:

User phone number: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Battery dead or missing:

User phone number: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Low battery:

User phone number: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Siren fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

RF jammer detected:

User phone number: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Date/time not set:

User phone number: ... → OK → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →

DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

GSM connection failed:

User phone number: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →

DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS

TO ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Tamper alarm:

User phone number: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Communication bus fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Temperature info:

User phone number: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

System started:

User phone number: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Periodical info:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → GSM

USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Wireless signal loss/restore:

User phone number: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Unable to arm:

User phone number: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

CO level critical:

User phone number: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Report/Control zone triggered:

User phone number: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE →

OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Zone bypass:

User phone number: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Wireless communication failed:

User phone number: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → DISABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

System armed event

User phone number: 25 01 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 01 0 #

System disarmed event

User phone number: 25 02 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 02 0 #

General alarm

User phone number: 25 03 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 03 0 #

Main power loss/restore

User phone number: 25 04 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 04 0 #

Battery failed

User phone number: 25 05 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 05 0 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Battery dead or missing

User phone number: 25 06 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 06 0 #

Low battery

User phone number: 25 07 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 07 0 #

Siren fail/restore

User phone number: 25 08 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 08 0 #

RF jammer detected

User phone number: 25 09 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 09 0 #

Date/time not set

User phone number: 25 10 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 10 0 #

GSM connection failed

User phone number: 25 11 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore

User phone number: 25 12 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 12 0 #

Tamper alarm

User phone number: 25 13 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 13 0 #

Communication bus fail/restore

User phone number: 25 14 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 14 0 #

Temperature info

User phone number: 25 15 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 15 0 #

System started

User phone number: 25 16 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 16 0 #

Periodical info

User phone number: 25 17 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 17 0 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Wireless signal loss/restore

User phone number: 25 18 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 18 0 #

Unable to arm

User phone number: 25 19 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 19 0 #

Zone bypass

User phone number: 25 20 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 20 0 #

CO level critical

User phone number: 25 21up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 21 0 #

EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore

User phone number: 25 22 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 22 0 #

Report/Control zone triggered

User phone number: 25 23 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 23 0 #

Incoming SMS forwarding

User phone number: 25 24 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 24 0 #

Wireless communication failed

User phone number: 25 25 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 0 #

SMS delivery report: 55 25 0 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2517040#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Enable system notification

EKB2

Menu path:

System armed:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →

GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

System disarmed:

User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

General alarm:

User phone number: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Mains power loss/restore:

User phone number: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Battery failed:

User phone number: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Battery dead or missing:

User phone number: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Low battery:

User phone number: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Siren fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

RF jammer detected:

User phone number: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Date/time not set

User phone number: ... → OK → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →

ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

GSM connection failed:

User phone number: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →

ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → DENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Tamper alarm:

User phone number: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Communication bus fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO

ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Temperature info:

User phone number: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

System started:

User phone number: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: .

.. → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Periodical info:

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → GSM

USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Wireless signal loss/restore:

User phone number: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Unable to arm:

User phone number: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

CO level critical:

User phone number: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Report/Control zone triggered:

User phone number: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE →

OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Zone bypass:

User phone number: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →

OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Wireless communication failed:

User phone number: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE

→ OK

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL

→ OK → ENABLE → OK

SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:

System armed event

User phone number: 25 01 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 01 1 #

System disarmed event

User phone number: 25 02 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 02 1 #

General alarm

User phone number: 25 03 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 03 1 #

Main power loss/restore

User phone number: 25 04 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 04 1 #

Battery failed

User phone number: 25 05 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 05 1 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Battery dead or missing

User phone number: 25 06 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 06 1 #

Low battery

User phone number: 25 07 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 07 1 #

Siren fail/restore

User phone number: 25 08 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 08 1 #

RF jammer detected

User phone number: 25 09 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 09 1 #

Date/time not set

User phone number: 25 10 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 10 1 #

GSM connection failed

User phone number: 25 11 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore

User phone number: 25 12 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 12 1 #

Tamper alarm

User phone number: 25 13 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 13 1 #

Communication bus fail/restore

User phone number: 25 14 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 14 1 #

Temperature info

User phone number: 25 15 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 15 1 #

System started

User phone number: 25 16 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 16 1 #

Periodical info

User phone number: 25 17 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 17 1 #

Wireless signal loss/restore

User phone number: 25 18 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 18 1 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Unable to arm

User phone number: 25 19 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 19 1 #

Zone bypass

User phone number: 25 20 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 120 1 #

CO level critical

User phone number: 25 21 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 21 1 #

EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore

User phone number: 25 22 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 22 1 #

Report/Control zone triggered

User phone number: 25 23 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 23 1 #

Incoming SMS forwarding

User phone number: 25 24 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 24 1 #

Wireless communication failed

User phone number: 25 25 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 1 #

SMS delivery report: 55 25 1 #

Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Example: 2517041#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

26.1. SMS Text Message Delivery Restrictions

By default, the system is restricted to send out up to 50 SMS text messages daily and up to 1000 SMS text messages monthly. The send out message quantity is counted not only by delivered once, but also by number of attempts to send a message. To change the limits of

SMS text message delivery restrictions, on Eldes Utility software open System settings --> SMS Messaging section, where you’ll be able to configure and choose further options.

Global SMS settings

In System settings --> SMS Messaging section you’ll find Global SMS settings and you’ll be able to choose a preferred option from a dropdown list. There are 3 possible options (see below):

• SMS disabled - disables all types of SMS and denies further SMS sending, until other selection is made.

• SMS Only to CMS - if selected, then CID events will be sent to CMS, while SMS sending ban is activated. Allows to set a preferred number of daily and mothly SMS sending limits.

• Full SMS support (default option) - support all availables types of SMS messaging and also allows to set a preferred number of daily and mothly SMS sending limits.

Manage SMS text message delivery limits

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

When the daily or monthly SMS text message delivery limit is exceeded, the system will notify the administrator by SMS text message, stating that “Day SMS sending limit exceeded”/ “Month SMS sending limit exceeded” respectively. The limit counter will automatically reset once the 24 hour (daily) or 30 days (monthly) restriction period is over. That will happen ONLY if you have set date and time values. You can reset the limits by referring to the following configuration method.

Reset SMS text message delivery limit counter

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss REMOVEBAN

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 REMOVEBAN

See also 9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization.

26.2. SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number

An SMS center (SMSC) is a GSM network element, which routes SMS text messages to the destination user and stores the SMS text message if the recipient is unavailable. Typically, the phone number of the SMS center is already stored in the SIM card provided by the GSM operator.

If the user fails to receive replies from the system, the SMS center phone number, provided by the GSM operator, must be set manually.

Set SMSC phone number

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SMS +ttteeellnnuumm

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits SMSC phone number.

Example: 1111 SMS +44170311XXXX1

ATTENTION: Before setting the SMSC phone number, please check the credit balance of the system’s SIM card. The system will fail to reply if the credit balance is insufficient.

26.3. SMS Forward

ESIM384 comes up with a feature, called SMS forward. The system allows user to forward any received message from devices’ SIM card to the administrators’ mobile phone number. There are 4 basic SMS forwarding options:

• Forward All received SMS - if this option is enabled, then every single message, coming to devices’ SIM card, will be forwarded to the administrators’ phone number.

• Forward All received SMS from unknown users - allows user to receive only those messages, coming from unlisted phone numbers.

• Forward All received SMS from registered users with wrong syntax or wrong password - user will receive only those messages from listed phone numbers, containing “wrong syntax” or “wrong password” notification.

• Forward All received SMS from specified Phone Number - allows you to enter one specified phone number and exploit every single message that comes from it to your devices’ SIM card.

By default, SMS forward feature is disabled. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration method.

Enable/disable SMS forward

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: If a single forwarded SMS message size exceeds 160 characters, it won’t be transmitted properly.

ATTENTION: User is able to add the administrator phone number as a specified phone number (by enabling the option Forward All received

SMS from specified Phone Number ), but none of SMS messages will be forwarded to administrator himself in any case!

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

27. EVENT AND ALARM LOG

27.1. Event Log

The event log allows to chronologically register up to 1024 timestamped records regarding the following system events:

• System start.

• System arming/disarming.

• Zone violated/restored.

• Tamper violated/restored.

• Zone bypassing.

• Wireless device management.

• Temperature deviation by MIN and MAX boundaries.

• System faults.

• Configuration via USB.

• User phone number that initiated the remote configuration.

• Communication with monitoring station status.

The event log is of FIFO (first in, first out) type that allows the system to automatically replace the oldest records with the latest ones.

View event log

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → VIEW EVENT LOG → OK

Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code.

To export the event log to .log file or clear it, please refer to the following configuration method.

Export/clear event log

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, event log is enabled. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Disable event log EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EVENT LOG → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 36 and parameter status value:

36 0 #

Example: 360#

Enable event log EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EVENT LOG → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 36 and parameter status value:

36 1 #

Example: 361#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

27.2. Alarm Log

The alarm log provides a list of last 16 alarm events generated after last arming period. The alarm log can be viewed via EKB2 and includes only the alarms of the partition that the user/master code is assigned to. Each alarm record includes alarm type, partition number and zone number. When highlighted, the date and time of the alarm occurrence can be viewed at the bottom of EKB2 screen. In case of alarm, icon will appear in home screen view of EKB2. The alarm log auto-clears when the next system arming follows or after viewing it via the keypad.

View alarm log

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → ALARM LOG → OK

Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code.

Syntax of alarm log record: [alarm-type P:p Z:nn]

Value: alarm-type - BURGLARY/FIRE/24H/SILENT/TAMPER/WS LOST, p - partition number, range - [1... 4], nn - zone/tamper number, range

- [1... 144].

#1 example of alarm log record: BURGLARY P:1 Z:1

Value: BURGLARY - Instant, Int. Follower or Delay-type zone alarm; P:1 - Partition 1; Z:1 - zone Z1.

#2 example of alarm log record: TAMPER P:2 Z:13

Value: TAMPER - tamper alarm; P:2 - Partition 2; Z:13 - tamper 13.

#3 example of alarm log record: FIRE P:4 Z:9

Value: FIRE - Fire-type zone alarm; P:4 - Partition 4; Z:9 - zone Z9.

#4 example of alarm log record: WS LOST P:2 Z:14

Value: WS LOST - wireless signal loss alarm; P:2 - Partition 2; Z:14 - tamper 14.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

28. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS

The system comes equipped with self-diagnostic feature allowing to indicate the presence of any system fault by the keypad as well as by

SMS text message notification to the listed user phone number. By default the indication for all system faults is indicated on the keypad.

To disable/enable the indication of a certain system fault, please refer to the following configuration method.

Disable/enable individual system fault indication on keypad

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: After enabling/disabling a certain system fault indication, it is necessary to restart the system locally by powering down and powering up the system the system or remotely (see 34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART).

EKB2

icon displayed in home screen view indicates presence of system and/or EWM1 device faults. In order to view the currently present system faults, please enter a valid user/master code to access menu section FAULTS. The description on each system fault is provided in the table below.

View system faults

Menu path:

OK → uumm → OK → FAULTS → OK

Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Name

MAIN POWER LOSS

LOW BATTERY

BATTERY DEAD/MISS

BATTERY FAILED

SIREN FAILED

VIOLATED TAMPER

DATE/TIME NOT SET

GSM CONNECT FAILED

GSM ANTENNA FAILED

WLESS ANTENNA FAIL

COMM BUS FAILED

CO LEVEL CRITICAL

EWM1 FAULT

WLESS BATT LOW

RF JAMMER DETECTED

MS COMM. FAILED

Description

Mains power is lost

Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower

Backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V

Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher

Wired siren is disconnected/broken

One or more tampers are violated

Date/time not set

GSM connection is lost

GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken

Wireless antenna is disconnected/broken

RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1 is disconnected/broken

Critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration detected by EWF1CO is reached

One or more EWM1 device faults exist - enter this menu item to view the existing EWM1 device faults.

Low wireless device battery power - battery level is running below 5%

Wireless signal is blocked by jammer

Communication with monitoring station failed

Alternatively, existing EWM1 device faults can be viewed by accessing menu section FAULTS of the PGM output associated with a certain EWM1 device.

View EWM1 faults

Menu path:

OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK → FAULTS → OK

Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain EWM1 device.

Name Description

OVERVOLTAGE

UNDERVOLTAGE

OVERCURRENT

RELAY FAULT

Voltage has increased above 260VAC

Voltage has dropped below 190VAC

Current has increased above 12,5A

Unable to power up the appliance due to faulty relay

TEMP. FAULT Environmental temperature has dropped below -35°C (-31°F) or increased above

+90°C (+194°F)

In order to clear the existing faults, please press the button on EWM1, turn OFF the electrical appliance or turn OFF the wireless PGM output associated with EWM1. For more details on EWM1 device, please refer to 19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power

Socket.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

1. Steady ON or flashing indicator represents certain system faults. For more details, please refer to the following table below.

Indication Description

Steady ON One or more tampers are violated; other system faults (see below)

Flashing One or more high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144) are violated (see below)

2. In order to find out more on a certain system fault, please enter the following command.

View system faults

Enter command:

#

After this procedure the keypad will illuminate red indicators for 15 seconds. All indications are listed in the table below.

9

10

11

12

7

8

5

6

LED #

1

2

3

4

Description

Mains power is lost

Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower

Backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V

Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher

Wired siren is disconnected/broken

Wireless signal is blocked by jammer

One or more tampers are violated (see step #4)

Date/time not set

One or more high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144) are violated (see step #3)

GSM connection is lost / Communication with monitoring station failed

GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken

Wireless antenna is disconnected/broken

ATTENTION: ESIM384 (When user updates ESIM384 firmware to the newest version (v01.02.00 and up), he won’t be able to view violated high-numbered zones on EWKB4 keypad, since the mentioned function (command) will be permanently disabled.

Eventually, user won’t be able to bypass a violated high-numbered zone by keypad and arm the system, UNLESS he configures system’s settings as suggested further. In order to avoid this issue, user has to do the following: 1) open Eldes Utility and go to

EWKB4 settings; 2) enable EWKB4 partition switch feature; 3) arrange selected zones (i.e. keypad LED indicators) in a preferred order; 4) assign 12 zones to each partition separately (partitions 1-4 allow user to assign any 48 zones (combined)).

3. In order to find out the violated high-numbered zone, please enter the following command and refer to the table below.

View violated highnumbered zones

Enter command:

1

4. To find out which particular tamper is violated, enter the following command. In case there is a combination of flashing and illuminated red indicators on the keypad, refer to the table below to find out the violated high-numbered tamper (Tamper 13 - 144).

View violated tampers

Enter command:

2

The following table provides the combinations of red indicators belonging to a certain indicator section (A or B) on the keypad.

The combination of the flashing red indicator in section A and illuminated (steady ON) red indicator in section B represents the respective number of a violated high-numbered zone or tamper.

B (steady ON)

A (flashing)

LED #1

LED #7

Z13

LED #8

Z19

LED #9

Z25

LED #10

Z31

LED #11

Z37

LED #12

Z43

LED #2

LED #3

LED #4

LED #5

LED #6

Z14

Z15

Z16

Z17

Z18

Z20

Z21

Z22

Z23

Z24

Z26

Z27

Z28

Z29

Z30

Z32

Z33

Z34

Z35

Z36

Z38

Z39

Z40

Z41

Z42

Z44

Z45

Z46

Z47

Z48

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

29. MONITORING STATION

The system can be configured to report events to the monitoring station by transmitting data messages to the monitoring station. The system connects to the monitoring station when the MS (Monitoring Station) mode is enabled. When using the MS mode, the data messages transmitted to the monitoring station (see 30.1. Data Messages - Events) will gain the highest priority for the delivery, therefore based on the communication method (see 30.2. Communication), a constant and stable connection with the monitoring station must be ensured. In case of connection failure, the system will attempt to restore the connection and if the monitoring is unavailable for a lengthy period of time, the system might consume a large amount of voice calls/data resulting in additional charges applied by the GSM operator according to the cell phone service plan.

Enable MS mode

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SCNSET:ON

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 SCNSET:ON

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → MS MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 23 and parameter status value:

23 1 #

Example: 231#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable MS mode

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss SCNSET:OFF

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 SCNSET:OFF

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → MS MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 23 and parameter status value:

23 0 #

Example: 230#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Account is a 4-character combination (By default – 9999) required to identify the alarm system unit by the monitoring station. The combination may consist of digits [0... 9] and letters [A.. F] (can be set using Eldes Utility only). Server 2 Account and Server 3 Account are used only when necessary to set up to 3 server IP addresses (see 30.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM)

Set account EKB2

Menu path:

Main Account: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK

Server 2 Account: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER2 IP

→ OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK

Server 3 Account: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; cccc – 4-character account, range - [0000... 9999].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 27 and account number/parameter 96, parameter number and account number:

Main Account: 27 cccc #

Server 2 Account: 96 12 cccc #

Server 3 Account: 96 13 cccc #

Value: cccc – 4-character account, range - [0000... 9999].

Example: 278853#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: The system will NOT send any data to the monitoring station while remote connection, remote firmware update is in progress.

However, during the remote connection session, the data messages will be queued up and transmitted to the monitoring station after the remote connection session is over, while during the remote firmware update process NO data will be queued up and all data messages will be lost.

ATTENTION: Phone calls via GSM network to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled.

14

15

16

17

18

19

9

10

11

12

13

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

6

7

8

NOTE: Additional charges may apply for voice calls/data traffic based on your cell phone service plan when using the MS mode.

29.1. Data Messages – Events

The configuration of data messages is based on Ademco Contact ID protocol. The data messages can either be transmitted to the monitoring station alone or with duplication by SMS text message to listed user phone number. For more details on system notifications by SMS text message, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

4

5

1

2

Seq. No. Event

Code

3

1110

3110

1120

3120

1121

30

31

3121

1130

3130

1133

3133

1144

3144

1146

3146

1150

3150

1158

1159

1162

1301

3301

1302

1308

1309

1311

3311

1321

3321

1330

3330

1344

Event

Fire alarm

Fire restore

Silent/Panic zone alarm

Silent/Panic zone restore

Disarmed by user (Duress code)

Armed by user (Duress code)

Burglary alarm

Burglary restore

24-Hour zone alarm

24-Hour zone restore

Tamper alarm

Tamper restore

Instant Silent zone alarm

Instant Silent zone restore

Report/Control zone trigger

Report/Control zone restore

Temperature risen

Temperature fallen

CO level critical

Mains power loss

Mains power restore

Low battery

System shutdown

Battery failed

Battery dead or missing

Battery connection restore

Siren fail

Siren restore

Communication bus fail

Communication bus restore

RF jammer detected

Description

Transmitted in case a zone of Fire type is violated.

Transmitted in case a zone of Fire type is restored.

Transmitted in case a zone of Silent/Panic type is violated.

Transmitted in case a zone of Silent/Panic type is restored.

Transmitted in case the system is disarmed by Duress code.

Transmitted in case the system is armed by Duress code.

Transmitted in case a zone of Delay (if not disarmed before entry delay countdown is completed), Interior Follower or Instant type is violated.

Transmitted in case a zone of Delay (if not disarmed before entry delay countdown is completed), Interior Follower or Instant type is restored.

Transmitted in case of zone of 24-Hour type is violated.

Transmitted in case of zone of 24-Hour type is restored.

Transmitted in case the tamper is violated.

Transmitted in case the tamper is restored.

Transmitted in case of zone of Instant Silent type is violated.

Transmitted in case of zone of Instant Silent type is restored.

Transmitted in case of zone of Report/Control type is triggered.

Transmitted in case of zone of Report/Control type is restored.

Transmitted in case of the temperature has increased above the MAX set value.

Transmitted in case of temperature has decreased below the MIN set value.

Transmitted in case the critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration detected by EWF1CO is reached.

Transmitted in case the mains power is lost.

Transmitted in case the mains power is restored.

Transmitted in case the backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower / the wireless device battery level runs below 5%.

When the system is running on backup battery power, it transmits the data message before the backup battery power is fully depleted.

Transmitted in case the backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher.

Transmitted in case the backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V.

Transmitted in case the backup battery connection is fixed.

Transmitted in case the siren is disconnected/broken.

Transmitted in case the siren is connected/fixed.

Transmitted in case the RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1 is disconnected/broken.

Transmitted in case the RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1 is connected/fixed

Transmitted in case the wireless signal is blocked by jammer.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

3344

1354

3354

1358

3358

1358

1359

3359

1360

1380

1381

3381

1401

3401

1403

RF jamming stopped

Communication with MS failed

Communication with MS restored

GSM connection failed

SMS sending limit removed

SMS sending limit reached

GSM/GPRS antenna fail

GSM/GPRS antenna restore

IP connection failed

CO sensor lifetime exceeded

Wireless signal loss

Wireless signal restore

Disarmed by user

Armed by user

Disarmed automatically

Transmitter in case the wireless signal is restored after jamming.

Transmitted in case t

he system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections to deliver data message to the monitoring station. This event can be managed using Eldes Utility only.

Transmitted in case t

he system has successfully delivered the data message to the monitoring station within the repeated data delivery cycle initiated after

Delay after last communication attempt time has expired. This event can be managed using Eldes Utility only.

Transmitted in case the GSM connection is lost.

Transmitted in case the SMS text message limit is removed by user or automatically after the set period of time has come.

Transmitted in case the SMS text message limit is reached.

Transmitted in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken

Transmitted in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is connected/fixed.

Transmitted in case the GPRS connection or Ethernet connection via ELAN3-

ALARM is lost.

Transmitted in case the lifetime of EWF1CO built-in CO sensor is expired.

Transmitted in case the connection with any wireless device is lost.

Transmitted in case the connection with any wireless device is restored.

Transmitted in case the system is disarmed by user/master code, wireless keyfob, iButton key, SMS text message, free of charge phone call, ELDES Cloud Services,

Eldes Utility, EGR100 middle-ware or Arm-Disarm by Zone method.

Transmitted in case the system is armed by user/master code, wireless keyfob, iButton key, SMS text message, free of charge phone call, ELDES Cloud Services,

Eldes Utility, EGR100 middle-ware or Arm-Disarm by Zone method.

Transmitted in case the system is disarmed automatically according to scheduled time.

Transmitted in case the system is armed automatically according to scheduled time.

Transmitted in case the remote connection session is opened.

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

3403

1412

1441

3441

1454

3456

3463

1570

3570

3602

3626

1900

Armed automatically

Configuration via remote connection started

Disarmed in Stay mode

Armed in Stay mode

Failed to arm

Armed by user (partial arm)

SGS code entered

Zone bypassed

Bypassed zone activated

Test event/Kronos ping

Date/time not set

System started

Transmitted in case the system is disarmed in Stay mode.

Transmitted in case the system is armed in Stay mode.

Transmitted in case remote arming failed due to one or more system zones or tampers are violated or system fault occurs.

Transmitted in case the system is armed, while violated zone (-s) with Force attribute enabled exist.

Transmitted in case the SGS code is entered.

Transmitted in case a violated zone is bypassed.

Transmitted in case a bypassed zone is activated.

Transmitted for system online status verification purposes.

Transmitted in case system date and time is not set.

Transmitted on system startup.

The following table refers to user IDs included in arm/disarm data messages.

Type

User Phone Number 1

User Phone Number 2

User Phone Number 3

User Phone Number 4

User Phone Number 5

User Phone Number 6

User Phone Number 7

User Phone Number 8

User Phone Number 9

User Phone Number 10 iButton 1 iButton 2 iButton 3 iButton 4 iButton 5

11

12

13

14

7

8

9

10

5

6

3

4

1

2

ID

0

Type iButton 7 iButton 8 iButton 9 iButton 10 iButton 11 iButton 12 iButton 13 iButton 14 iButton 15 iButton 16

Master Code

User Code 2

User Code 3

User Code 4

User Code 5

27

28

29

30

23

24

25

26

19

20

21

22

ID

16

17

18

Type

User Code 7

User Code 8

User Code 9

User Code 10

User Code 11

User Code 12

User Code 13

User Code 14

User Code15

User Code 16

User Code 17

User Code 18

User Code 19

User Code 20

User Code 21

43

44

45

46

39

40

41

42

35

36

37

38

ID

32

33

34

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Type iButton 6

User Code 23

User Code 24

User Code 25

User Code 26

User Code 27

User Code 28

User Code 29

User Code 30

50

51

52

53

ID

15

48

49

54

55

Remote Code (EGR100) 56

Master Code on ELDES Cloud Services 57

User Code 2 on ELDES Cloud Services 58

User Code 3 on ELDES Cloud Services 59

User Code 4 on ELDES Cloud Services 60

User Code 5 on ELDES Cloud Services 61

User Code 6 on ELDES Cloud Services 62

User Code 7 on ELDES Cloud Services 63

Disable data message EKB2

EKB2

Type

User Code 6

User Code 8 on ELDES Cloud Services

User Code 9 on ELDES Cloud Services

ID

31

64

65

User Code 10 on ELDES Cloud Services 66

User Code 11 on ELDES Cloud Services 67

User Code 12 on ELDES Cloud Services 68

User Code 13 on ELDES Cloud Services 69

User Code 14 on ELDES Cloud Services 70

User Code 15 on ELDES Cloud Services 71

User Code 16 on ELDES Cloud Services 72

User Code 17 on ELDES Cloud Services 73

Type

User Code 22

ID

47

User Code 24 on ELDES Cloud Services 80

User Code 25 on ELDES Cloud Services 81

User Code 26 on ELDES Cloud Services 82

User Code 27 on ELDES Cloud Services 83

User Code 28 on ELDES Cloud Services 84

User Code 29 on ELDES Cloud Services 85

User Code 30 on ELDES Cloud Services 86

Keyfob 1-Keyfob 16 145-

160

Arm/Disarm by Zone Z1-Z16

Arm/Disarm by Scheduler

167-

182

183-

214

User Code 18 on ELDES Cloud Services 74

User Code 19 on ELDES Cloud Services 75

User Code 20 on ELDES Cloud Services 76

User Code 21 on ELDES Cloud Services 77

User Code 22 on ELDES Cloud Services 78

User Code 23 on ELDES Cloud Services 79

Menu path:

Burglary alarm/restore: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 1 → OK →

BURGLR ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Mains power loss/restore: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Armed/disarmed by user: ... → ARM/DISARM EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Battery failed: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → DISABLE → OK

Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK →

DISABLE → OK

Test event: ... → TEST EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Tamper alarm/restore: ... → TAMPER ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Instant Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → INST SILENT EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

System started: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Fire alarm/restore: ... → FIRE ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

24-Hour zone alarm/restore: ... → 24H ALM/REST EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Low battery: ... → LOW BATTE RY EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Temperature risen: ... → TEMP HIGH EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Temperature fallen: ... → TEMP LOW EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Wireless signal loss/restore: ... → WLESS SIGN L/R EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Disarmed by user (Duress code): OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 2 →

OK → DISARM DURESS EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

SGS code entered: ... → ARM/DARM SGS EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Armed by user (partial arm): ... → ARM PARTIAL EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Siren fail/restore: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → DISABLE → OK

Date/time not set: ... → DATE/ TIME NOT SET → OK → DISABLE → OK

GSM connection failed: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → DISABLE → OK

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → DISABLE → OK

System shutdown: ... → SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Communication bus fail/restore: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → DISABLE → OK

IP connection failed: ... → GPRS CONNECT FAIL → OK → DISABLE → OK

Zone bypassed/activated: ... → ZONE BYPASS → OK → DISABLE → OK

CO sensor lifetime exceeded: ... → CO SENS LFTIME EXC → OK → DISABLE → OK

CO level critical: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → DISABLE → OK

Report/Control zone triggered/restored: ... → REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Armed/disarmed in STAY mode: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 3 →

OK → ARM/DARM STAY EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Configuration via remote connection started: ... → CFG VIA REMOTE EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → PA/SIL ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 24, event number and parameter status value:

24 01 0 # – Burglary alarm/restore

24 02 0 # – Mains power loss/restore

24 03 0 # – Armed/disarmed by user

24 04 0 # – Test event

24 05 0 # – Battery failed

24 06 0 # –Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore

24 07 0 # –Tamper alarm/restore

24 08 0 # –Instant Silent zone alarm/restore

24 09 0 # – Kronos ping

24 10 0 # – System started

24 13 0 # – 24-Hour zone alarm/restore

24 14 0 # – Fire zone alarm/restore

24 15 0 # – Low battery

24 16 0 # –Temperature risen

24 17 0 # – Temperature fallen

24 18 0 # – Wireless signal loss/restore

24 19 0 # – Disarmed by user (Duress code)

24 20 0 # – SGS code entered

24 21 0 # – Armed by user (partial arm)

24 22 0 # – Siren fail/restore

24 23 0 # –RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped

24 24 0 # –Date/time not set

24 25 0 # – GSM connection failed

24 26 0 # – GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore

24 27 0 # – System shutdown

24 28 0 # – Communication bus fail/restore

24 29 0 # – IP connection failed

24 31 0 # – Zone bypassed/activated

24 32 0 # – CO sensor lifetime exceeded

24 33 0 # – CO level critical

24 34 0 # – Report/Control zone triggered/restored

24 35 0 # – Armed/disarmed in STAY mode

24 36 0 # – Configuration via remote connection started

24 37 0 # – Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore

24 38 0 # – Armed/disarmed automatically

24 39 0 # – SMS sending limit reached/removed

Example: 24080#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Enable data message

EKB2

Menu path:

Burglary alarm/restore: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 1 → OK →

BURGLR ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Mains power loss/restore: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Armed/disarmed by user: ... → ARM/DISARM EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Battery failed: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → ENABLE → OK

Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK →

ENABLE → OK

Test event: ... → TEST EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Tamper alarm/restore: ... → TAMPER ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Instant Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → INST SILENT EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

System started: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Fire alarm/restore: ... → FIRE ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

24-Hour zone alarm/restore: ... → 24H ALM/REST EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Low battery: ... → LOW BATTE RY EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Temperature risen: ... → TEMP HIGH EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Temperature fallen: ... → TEMP LOW EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Wireless signal loss/restore: ... → WLESS SIGN L/R EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Disarmed by user (Duress code): OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 2 →

OK → DISARM DURESS EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

SGS code entered: ... → ARM/DARM SGS EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Armed by user (partial arm): ... → ARM PARTIAL EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Siren fail/restore: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → ENABLE → OK

Date/time not set: ... → DATE/ TIME NOT SET → OK → ENABLE → OK

GSM connection failed: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → ENABLE → OK

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → ENABLE → OK

System shutdown: ... → SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Communication bus fail/restore: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → ENABLE → OK

IP connection failed: ... → GPRS CONNECT FAIL → OK → ENABLE → OK

Zone bypassed/activated: ... → ZONE BYPASS → OK → ENABLE → OK

CO sensor lifetime exceeded: ... → CO SENS LFTIME EXC → OK → ENABLE → OK

CO level critical: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → ENABLE → OK

Report/Control zone triggered/restored: ... → REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Armed/disarmed in STAY mode: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 3 →

OK → ARM/DARM STAY EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Configuration via remote connection started: ... → CFG VIA REMOTE EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → PA/SIL ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 24, event number and parameter status value:

24 01 1 # – Burglary alarm/restore

24 02 1 # – Mains power loss/restore

24 03 1 # – Armed/disarmed by user

24 04 1 # – Test event

24 05 1 # – Battery failed

24 06 1 # – Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore

24 07 1 # – Tamper alarm/restore

24 08 1 # – Instant Silent zone alarm/restore

24 09 1 # – Kronos ping

24 10 1 # – System started

24 13 1 # – 24-Hour zone alarm/restore

24 14 1 # – Fire zone alarm/restore

24 15 1 # – Low battery

24 16 1 # – Temperature risen

24 17 1 # – Temperature fallen

24 18 1 # – Wireless signal loss/restore

24 19 1 # – Disarmed by user (Duress code)

24 20 1 # – SGS code entered

24 21 1 # – Armed by user (partial arm)

24 22 1 # – Siren fail/restore

24 23 1 # –RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped

24 24 1 # –Date/time not set

24 25 1 # – GSM connection failed

24 26 1 # – GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore

24 27 1 # – System shutdown

24 28 1 # – Communication bus fail/restore

24 29 1 # – IP connection failed

24 31 1 # – Zone bypassed/activated

24 32 1 # – CO sensor lifetime exceeded

24 33 1 # – CO level critical

24 34 1 # – Report/Control zone triggered/restored

24 35 1 # – Armed/disarmed in STAY mode

24 36 1 # – Configuration via remote connection started

24 37 1 # – Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore

24 38 1 # – Armed/disarmed automatically

24 39 1 # – SMS sending limit reached/removed

Example: 24031#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

29.2. Communication

The system supports the following communication methods and protocols:

• GPRS network – EGR100, Kronos, SIA IP protocol (ANSI/SIA DC-09-2007 and ANSI/SIA DC-09-2013; configurable as encrypted and non-encrypted).

• Voice calls (GSM audio channel) – Ademco Contact ID protocol.

• CSD (Circuit Switched Data).

• PSTN (landline) – Ademco Contact ID protocol.

• SMS – Cortex SMS format.

• ELAN3-ALARM – EGR100, Kronos, SIA IP protocol (ANSI/SIA DC-09-2007 and ANSI/SIA DC-09-2013; configurable as encrypted and non-encrypted).

Any communication method can be set as primary or backup connection. The user can set up to 5 backup connections in any sequence order.

Initially, the system communicates via primary connection with the monitoring station. By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data is unsuccessful, the system will make additional attempts until the data is successfully delivered. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will follow this pattern: a) The system switches to the backup connection that follows in the sequence (presumably - Backup 1).

b) The system then attempts to transmit data by the backup connection.

c) If the initial attempt is unsuccessful, the system will make additional attempts until the data is successfully delivered.

d) If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts, it will switch to the next backup connection in the sequence (presumably - Backup 2) and will continue to operate as described in the previous steps. The connection is considered unsuccessful under the following conditions:

• GPRS network/ELAN3-ALARM – The system has not received the ACK data message from the monitoring station within 40 seconds.

• Voice calls:

• The system has not received the “handshake” signal from the monitoring station within 20 seconds.

• The system has not received the “kissoff” signal from the monitoring station within 5 attempts each lasting 1 second.

• CSD – The system has not received the ACK data message from the monitoring station within 35 seconds.

• PSTN:

• The system has not received the “handshake” signal from the monitoring station within 20 seconds.

• The system has not received the “kissoff” signal from the monitoring station within 5 attempts each lasting 1 second.

• SMS – The system has not received the SMS delivery report from the SMSC (Short Message Service Center) within 45 seconds.

e) If one of the attempts is successful, the system will transmit all queued up data messages by this connection.

f) The system then returns to the primary connection and attempts to transmit the next data messages by primary connection.

g) If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections, the keypad will indicate system fault and the listed user may be notified by SMS text message (by default - disabled), while the system will hold until the Delay after last communication attempt time

(by default – 1200 seconds) expires and will return to the primary connection afterwards. Once the repeated data message delivery cycle has started, the system will skip the connections with disabled R etry after delay function (permanently enabled for IP communication methods - GPRS network and ELAN3-ALARM). In the event of successful data message delivery, the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.

h) If a new data message, except Test Event (ping), is generated within the Delay after last communication attempt time-frame, the system will immediately attempt to transmit it to the monitoring station, regardless of Delay after last communication attempt being in progress.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

PRIMARY

Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data

All attempts failed

Switches to BACKUP 1

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data

All attempts failed

Switches to BACKUP 2

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data

All attempts failed

Switches to BACKUP 3

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data

All attempts failed

Switches to BACKUP 4

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data

All attempts failed

Switches to BACKUP 5

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data

One of the attempts is successful

Transmits all queued up data

Returns to PRIMARY

One of the attempts is successful

Transmits all queued up data

Returns to PRIMARY

One of the attempts is successful

Transmits all queued up data

Returns to PRIMARY

One of the attempts is successful

Transmits all queued up data

Returns to PRIMARY

All attempts failed

Waits for 1200 seconds

Delay after last communication attempt

Returns to PRIMARY

NOTE: The number of attempts indicated in the diagram is the default value.

One of the attempts is successful

Transmits all queued up data

Returns to PRIMARY

NOTE: When using Dual-SIM feature, the Secondary SIM card is involved in the communication process. For more details, please refer to

31. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Set primary connection

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

GPRS network - Server 1... 3: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PRIMARY CONNECTION

→ OK → GPRS IP1... IP3 → OK

Voice calls: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → VOICE CALLS → OK

CSD: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → CSD → OK

PSTN: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → PSTN → OK

SMS: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → SMS → OK

ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1... 3: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → ELAN3-ALARM IP1... IP3

→ OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 48 and communication method number:

48 0 # – GPRS network - Server 1

48 1 # – Voice calls

48 2 # – CSD

48 3 # – PSTN

48 4 # – SMS

48 5 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1

48 6 # – GPRS network - Server 2

48 7 # – GPRS network - Server 3

48 8 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2

48 9 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3

Example: 484#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set backup connection

1... 5

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

GPRS network - Server 1... 3: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → BACKUP CONNECTION1...

5 → OK → GPRS IP1... IP3 → OK

Voice calls: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → VOICE CALLS → OK

CSD: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → CSD → OK

PSTN: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → PSTN → OK

SMS: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → SMS → OK

ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1... 3: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → ELAN3-ALARM IP1...

IP3 → OK connection not in use: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → N/A → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 83, backup connection slot number and communication method number:

83 bb 0 # – GPRS network - Server 1

83 bb 1 # – Voice calls

83 bb 2 # – CSD

83 bb 3 # – PSTN

83 bb 4 # – SMS

83 bb 5 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1

83 bb 6 # – GPRS network - Server 2

83 bb 7 # – GPRS network - Server 3

83 bb 8 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2

83 bb 9 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3

Value: bb - backup connection slot, range - [01... 05].

Example: 83024#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

If all attempts by all set connections are unsuccessful, the system will wait until the delay time (by default – 1200 seconds) expires and will attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station again starting with the primary connection.

Set delay after last communication attempt

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DELAY LAST ATTEMPT → OK → aaapp → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range – [0...

65535] seconds.

Enter parameter 69 and duration of delay after last attempt:

69 aaapp #

Value: aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range – [0... 65535] seconds.

Example: 69200#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: 0 value disables delay after last communication attempt.

NOTE: The system is fully compatible with Kronos NET/Kronos LT/ Securithor monitoring station software for communication via GPRS or

LAN network. When using a different monitoring station software, EGR100 middleware, which is freeware and can be downloaded at www.eldesalarms.com . Alternatively, you can use ESR100 digital receiver device.

29.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM

ATTENTION: Hybrid alarm control panels ESIM364 and ESIM384 were designed as GSM/GPRS panels. We do recommend to use Ethernet communicator ELAN3-ALARM for backup purposes only. ELAN3-ALARM can speed up communication and save on GSM costs, but at the same time keeping active SIM card is highly recommended for: Remote connection in case of Internet loss (power or service loss, change of network configuration etc.); Remote Firmware updates (FOTA); Additional communication channels like SMS, phone calls.

The system supports up to 3 server IP addresses for data transmission to the monitoring station via IP-based networks by GPRS network or

Ethernet connection using ELAN3-ALARM device. The supported data formats are the following:

• EGR100

• Kronos

• SIA IP

5.

6.

7.

To set up the system for data transmission via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM, please follow the basic configuration steps:

1.

2.

3.

Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

Set 4-character Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION). In addition, you may set the Account for up to 3 servers individually.

Set Server 1 IP address, which is a public IP address of ESR100 digital receiver, the machine running EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP-based

4. monitoring station software. In addition, you can set up to 3 server IP addresses in total.

Set Server 1 port, which is a port of ESR100 digital receiver, the machine running EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP-based monitoring station software. In addition, you may set the port for up to 3 servers individually.

Select TCP or UDP protocol for Server 1. In addition, you may select the protocol for up to 3 servers individually.

Select data format for Server 1: EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP. In addition, you may select the data format for up to 3 servers individually.

In case EGR100 is selected, set 4-digit Unit ID numbers. Unit ID number can be identical to Account number. In addition, you may set the Unit ID for up to 3 servers individually.

When using GPRS network connection, it is necessary to set up APN, user name and password provided by the GSM operator. De8.

9. pending on the GSM operator, only APN might be required to set up .

In case EGR100 is selected, for security reasons it is highly recommended to set up the 4-digit encryption key matching the 4-digit encryption key set up in EGR100 middle-ware. In case of encryption key mismatch, the data delivered by the system will be rejected by EGR100 middle-ware. By default, the encryption key is not used.

10. In case more than one server IP address is set up, you may wish to enable parallel data transmission to all IP addresses simultaneously. By default, this feature is disabled, therefore the system will switch to the next IP address (if set up and selected in the connection priority sequence) in the event of failed connection with the previous server.

For detailed step-by-step instructions on how to establish the communication between ESIM384 alarm system and EGR100 middleware, please refer to the middleware’s HELP file.

Set server IP address SMS

SMS text message content:

Server 1: ssss SETGPRS:IP:add.add.add.add

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; add.add.add.add

– server IP address.

Example: 1111 SETGPRS:IP:65.82.119.5

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Set server port

Set DNS1 server IP address

Set DNS2 server IP address

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK →

SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK

Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK

Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add

– server IP address.

Enter parameter 40 and server IP address/parameter 96, parameter number and server IP address:

Server 1: 40 add add add add #

Server 2: 96 02 add add add add #

Server 3: 96 03 add add add add #

Value: add add add add – server IP address.

Example: 40065082119005#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

SMS

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

SMS text message content:

Server 1: ssss SETGPRS:PORT:pprrt

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].

Example: 1111 SETGPRS:PORT:5521

Menu path:

Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → SERVER

PORT → OK → pprrt → OK

Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → SERVER PORT → OK → pprrt → OK

Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → SERVER PORT → OK → pprrt → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].

Enter parameter 44 and server port number/parameter 96, parameter number and port number:

Server 1: 44 pprrt #

Server 2: 96 04 pprrt #

Server 3: 96 05 pprrt #

Value: pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].

Example: 443365#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → DNS1 → OK → add. add.add. add → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add

– DNS1 server IP address.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 41 and DNS1 server IP address:

41 add add add add #

Value: add add add add – DNS1 server IP address.

Example: 41065082119001#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → DNS2 → OK → add. add.add. add → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add

– DNS2 server IP address.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Set protocol

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 42 and DNS2 server IP address:

42 add add add add #

Value: add add add add – DNS2 server IP address .

Example: 42065082119002#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

SMS

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

SMS text message content:

Server 1: ssss SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:ptc

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ptc – protocol, range – [TCP... UDP].

Example: 1111 SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:UDP

Menu path:

Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK →

PROTOCOL → OK → TCP | UDP → OK

Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → PROTOCOL → OK → TCP | UDP → OK

Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → PROTOCOL → OK → TCP | UDP → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 43 and protocol number/parameter 96, parameter number and protocol number:

Server 1: 43 0 # - TCP | 43 1 # - UDP

Server 2: 96 06 0 # - TCP | 96 06 1 # - UDP

Server 3: 96 07 0 # - TCP | 96 07 1 # - UDP

Example: 431#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set data format as

Kronos, EGR100 or

SIA IP

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Manage SIA IP data format parameters

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set encryption key for EGR100 data format

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: It is necessary to restart the system locally by powering down and powering up the system the system or remotely (see 34.

REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART) after changing the IP address or switching from TCP to UDP.

NOTE: Kronos NET/Kronos LT software communicates via TCP protocol, while EGR100 middle-ware v1.2 and up supports both – TCP and

UDP protocols.

By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station via GPRS network or Ethernet method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 3 additional attempts. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Set attempts

EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → IP

ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK

Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → IP ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK

Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → IP ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; att – number of attempts, range – [1... 255].

Enter parameter 68 and number of attempts/parameter 96, parameter number and number of attempts:

Server 1: 68 att #

Server 2: 96 08 att #

Server 3: 96 09 att #

Value: att – number of attempts, range – [01... 255].

Example: 6809#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

To report the online status, the system periodically transmits (by default – every 180 seconds) Test Event data message (ping) to the monitoring station via GPRS network or Ethernet.

Set test period EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → TEST

PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK

Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → TEST PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK

Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → TEST PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.

Enter parameter 46 and number of attempts/parameter 96, parameter number and number of attempts:

Server 1: 46 tteessttpp #

Server 2: 96 10 tteessttpp #

Server 3: 96 11 tteessttpp #

Value: tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.

Example: 46120#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: 0 value disables test period. However, disabling the test period is HIGHLY UNRECOMMENDED.

Unit ID is a 4-digit number (By default – 0000) required to identify the alarm system unit by EGR100 middle-ware. It is RECOMMENDED to change the default Unit ID before using EGR100.

Set unit ID EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → UNIT

ID → OK → unid → OK

Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → UNIT ID → OK → unid → OK

Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → UNIT ID → OK → unid → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; unid – 4-digit unit ID number.

Enter parameter 47 and unit ID number/parameter 96, parameter number and unit

ID number:

Server 1: 47 unid #

Server 2: 96 14 unid #

Server 3: 96 15 unid #

Value: unid – 4-digit unit ID number.

Example: 472245#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

For communication via GPRS network, the GPRS parameters provided by the GSM operator are necessary to be set up. To set those parameters, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Set APN

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SETGPRS:APN:acc-point-name

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; acc-point-name – up to 31 character APN (Access Point

Name) provided by the GSM operator.

Example: 1111 SETGPRS:APN:internet

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Set user name

Set password

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SETGPRS:USER:usr-name

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; usr-name – up to 31 character user name provided by the GSM operator.

Example: 1111 USER:mobileusr

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SETGPRS:PSW:password

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; password – up to 31 character password provided by the GSM operator.

Example: 1111 SETGPRS:PSW:mobilepsw

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

View IP and GPRS network settings

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss SETGPRS?

Example: 1111 SETGPRS?

Menu path:

Server IP: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER 2...

3 IP → OK → SERVER IP

Server port: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER

2... 3 IP → OK → SERVER PORT

DNS1: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTNGS → OK → DNS1

DNS2: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTNGS → OK → DNS2

Protocol: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER2...

3 IP → OK → PROTOCOL

APN: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → APN

User name: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → USERS

Password: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → PASSWORD

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Enable parallel data transmission

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → PARAL.DS.MODE → OK →

ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter command 96, parameter number and parameter status value:

96 01 1 #

Example: 96011#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Disable parallel data transmission

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → PARAL.DS.MODE → OK →

DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter command 96, parameter number and parameter status value:

96 01 0 #

Example: 96010#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

29.2.2. Voice Calls and SMS

The system supports up to 3 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by Voice Calls or SMS communication method using Ademco Contact ID or Cortex SMS data format respectively. Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other two can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:

• International (with plus) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by Eldes Utility .

• International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.

• Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example for UK: 0170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes

Utility .

To set up the system for data transmission via Voice Calls or SMS, please follow the basic configuration steps:

1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

3. Set Tel. Number 1... 3.

Set monitoring station phone number

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 →

OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 26, phone number slot and phone number :

26 ps ttteeellnnuumm #

Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

Example: 26010044170911XXXX1#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Delete monitoring station phone number

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 →

OK → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s Tel Number 1 via Voice Calls or SMS method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 2 additional attempts. After all unsuccessful attempts, the system will continue to communicate with the monitoring station by switching to the next phone number that follows in the sequence and making up to 2 additional attempts if the initial attempt was unsuccessful. If all attempts to all phone numbers are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.

Set attempts EKB2

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].

Enter parameter 37 and number of attempts:

37 at #

Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].

Example: 3706#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Due to the individual configuration of each monitoring station, the system may fail to deliver the data message via Voice Calls communication method. In such cases it is recommended to adjust the speaker level until the optimal value is discovered, leading to successful data message delivery.

ATTENTION: When using the SMS data transmission method, the system will notify the monitoring station and the user once the SMS delivery limit is exceeded. In such case, the system will no longer be able to send out any SMS text messages neither to the monitoring station nor to the user, unless the SMS text message delivery limit is reset by the user or automatically. For more details, please refer to 27.1. SMS

Text Message Delivery Restrictions.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

29.2.3. PSTN

The system supports up to 3 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by PSTN communication meth od using Ademco Contact ID data format. Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other two can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:

• International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility .

• Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example for UK: 0170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes

Utility .

To set up the system for data transmission via PSTN, please follow the basic configuration steps:

1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

3. Set Tel. Number 1... 3.

Set monitoring station phone number

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 → OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 58, phone number slot and phone number:

58 ps ttteeellnnuumm #

Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

Example: 58020044170911XXXX1#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Delete monitoring station phone number

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 → OK → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s Tel Number 1 via PSTN method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 2 additional attempts. After all unsuccessful attempts, the system will switch to the next phone number that follows in the sequence and will make up to 2 additional attempts if the initial attempt was unsuccessful. If all attempts to all phone numbers are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.

Set attempts

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 91 and number of attempts:

91 at #

Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].

Example: 9108#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Alternatively, the phone number entries can be treated as phone numbers for receiving calls in case of alarm. For more details on how this method operates, please refer to 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER.

To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration method.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Enable/disable Treat

PSTN Call as User Call

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

29.2.4. CSD

The system supports up to 5 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by CSD communication method.

Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other four can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:

• International (with plus) – The phone number must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by Eldes Utility .

• International (with 00) – The phone number must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following ž format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.

To set up the system for data transmission via CSD, please follow the basic configuration steps:

1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

3. Set Tel. Number 1... 5.

Set monitoring station phone number

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 5 → OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 85, number of entry and phone number:

85 ps ttteeellnnuumm #

Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 05]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

Example: 85010044170911XXXX1#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

Delete monitoring station phone number

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 5 → OK → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s phone number via CSD method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 2 additional attempts. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.

Set attempts EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 84 and number of attempts:

84 at #

Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].

Example: 8403#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

30. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT

The Dual-SIM feature allows the system to operate with one of the two inserted SIM cards identified as Primary SIM and Secondary SIM respectively. The Primary SIM card works as the main default card, while the Secondary SIM card is intended for backup purposes or addition to the Primary SIM card - SMS text message sending/calling to the listed user phone number and/or communication with the monitoring station.

The Dual-SIM feature can operate in one of the following modes:

• Disabled – The Secondary SIM card will not be functional and the system operates with Primary SIM card only (by default – enabled).

• Automatic - The system switches between the SIM cards in case of a GSM connection or one of the SIM cards failure.

• Manual – Provides a fully customizable set up of switching between the SIM cards. FOR ADVANCED USERS ONLY.

Manage Dual -SIM feature

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Regardless of the selected mode, only one of the two SIM cards can operate at the same time.

30.1. Disabled Mode

Disabled mode is the default system mode that does not involve the Secondary SIM in the communication process. When this mode is in use, the system will ignore the Secondary SIM card even if inserted in the SIM card slot.

For more details on how the system communicates with the user and the monitoring station in Disabled mode, please refer to 17. ALARM

INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER and 30.2. Communication respectively.

30.2. Automatic Mode

Automatic mode involves both SIM cards in the communication process. In this mode there is no Primary or Secondary SIM card hierarchy, since both cards are equal and the SIM card that is currently in use maintains the GSM connection at all time, unless a failure occurs and the other card would replace the previous one.

When one of the SIM card fails, the system attempts to re-establish a connection with it by starting an initial reconnection for a set number of attempts (by default - 3 attempts). If all attempts fail, the system will switch to the other SIM card. If the other SIM card is responsive and a GSM connection is successfully established, the system will remain operating with that SIM card until it fails. However, if the other SIM card is unresponsive or it is not present in the SIM card slot, the system will return to the previous SIM card and attempt to establish a GSM connection with it. If the system fails to carry out this action, after a single attempt it will switch to the other SIM card. This cycle continues until one of the SIM cards responds and a GSM connection is successfully established. When the SIM card fails, the system will once again attempt to restore the GSM connection for a set number of attempts (by default – 3 attempts). If all attempts fail, the cycle will continue as described previously.

In Automatic mode the priority is to transmit data to the monitoring station, but if an event, which requires the system to send an SMS text message occurs , the system will send the SMS text message via the SIM card that is currently in use. This can only be carried out under the following conditions:

• among the attempts to transmit data to the monitoring station (depending on communication method).

• while switching the monitoring station connections.

• while switching between the SIM cards.

NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services will remain operational in Automatic mode, when used.

30.3. Manual Mode

Manual mode allows to use both - Primary and Secondary SIM cards and fully customize the algorithm of the communication. The system can be set up to send SMS text messages/call to the listed user phone number and/or communicate with the monitoring station as follows:

• Primary SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the Primary SIM card.

• Secondary SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the Secondary SIM card.

• Currently in use SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the SIM card that the system is currently switched to - either Primary or the Secondary SIM card.

• Return to Primary SIM Enabled – Determines that the Primary SIM card will be the main SIM card of the system. If it is set up to use the Secondary SIM in the communication process, the system will do so, but after completing the task via the Secondary SIM card, the system will always return to the Primary SIM card

• Try to find operator for a maximum of x times – Determines the maximum number of attempts the system should attempt to re-establish a GSM connection on the current SIM card in case of unsuccessful initial attempt (by default – 3 attempts).

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

In Manual mode the priority is to transmit data to the monitoring station, but if an event, which requires the system to send an SMS text message via one of the SIM cards, occurs , the system will switch to the requested SIM card and send the SMS text message. This can only be carried out under the following conditions:

• among the attempts to transmit data to the monitoring station (depending on communication method).

• while switching the monitoring station connections.

• while switching between the SIM cards.

Example: System settings are the following:

Dual SIM Management:

• Manual Mode selected

• Return to Primary SIM – Disabled.

• Send SMS / Call via – Secondary SIM.

MS Settings – Communication:

• Primary – Voice Calls via Secondary SIM.

• Backup1 – CSD via Primary SIM.

• Backup2 – GPRS Network via Primary SIM.

Let’s say, the system is configured to send an SMS text message to user phone number in case of a Fire Zone Alarm and to transmit data to the monitoring station when the system is ARMED. The system is currently switched to the Primary SIM card. The system will follow this pattern.

a) The user arms the system followed by system switching to the Secondary SIM and attempting to transmit data to the monitoring station via the Primary connection, which is Voice Calls communication method, but fails.

b) The system then switches to the Primary SIM and attempts to transmit data via Backup1 connection, which is CSD communication method, but fails again.

c) During the event described in step b), a Fire Zone Alarm occurs. The system will switch to the Secondary SIM and attempt to send the

SMS text message to the user regarding this event.

d) The system continues with the data transmission to the monitoring station by switching back to Primary SIM and attempting to transmit data via Backup2 connection, which is GPRS Network communication method, and succeeds.

e) In case of occurrence of a new event, the alarm system will switch back to the Primary connection (Voice Calls) and to the Secondary

SIM card and will attempt to transmit the data to the monitoring station.

NOTE: If the Return to Primary SIM parameter is enabled, the system would return to the Primary SIM after each data transmission.

NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services will remain operational in Manual mode, when used.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

31. WIRED DEVICES

31.1. RS485 Interface

The system comes equipped with RS485 interface used for the communication with the following devices:

• EKB2 - LCD keypad. Up to 4 units supported.

• EKB3 - LED keypad. Up to 4 units supported.

• EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module. Up to 2 units.

• ELAN3-ALARM - Ethernet communicator. 1 unit supported.

The terminals of RS485 interface are Y (yellow wire) and G (green wire) terminals, which are data bus. The devices, connected to RS485 interface, must be powered from the AUX+ and AUX- terminals or by an external power supply.

For more details on RS485 device wiring, please refer to 3.2.7. RS485.

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

31.1.1. EKB2 - LCD Keypad

Main features:

• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code).

• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).

• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).

• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).

• System information display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).

• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.

• Wireless device information display (see 19.2. Wireless Device Information and Signal Status Monitoring).

• Temperature display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).

• Time display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

31.1.1.1. Icons and Messages

Icon / Message

(by default - disabled)

(by default - disabled)

SERVICE MODE

Description

Partition is armed and menu is locked

Partition is disarmed and menu is unlocked

Configuration mode activated

Zone or tamper alarm in partition

Partition is ready to be armed.

Partition is not ready to be armed – one or more zones / tampers violated.

One or more system faults present

One or more violated zones bypassed

One or more partitions

STAY-armed

One or more Fire-type zones violated

Alarms in alarm log present

Service mode activated

45

Custom keypad partition title

GSM signal strength

System fault (-s) is present

Home screen view

GARAGE

KITCHEN

BEDROOM

CORRIDOR

20,2 0 C 00:45

Temperature

Digital clock

System status and alarm indication

Bypassed violated zone

(-s)

System

STAY-armed

Fire-type zone violated

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

31.1.1.2. Master and User Menu Tree

HOME SCREEN VIEW

P2 user or master code uumm part-name... part-name

ARM ALL

DISARM ALL user code uuuu

ARM/DIS PARTITION part-name... part-name

ARM ALL

DISARM ALL

BYPASS

BYP VIOLATED ZONES

Z1-zone-name...

Z144-zone-name

UNBYPASS | BYPASS

BYPASS LIST 1-5

OK mmmm master code

ARM/DIS PARTITION part-name... part-name

ARM ALL

DISARM ALL

BYPASS

BYP VIOLATED ZONES

BYPASS LIST 1-5

Z1-zone-name...

Z144-zone-name

UNBYPASS | BYPASS

Z1-zone-name... Z144-zonename

VIOLATED ZONES tamp-name... tamp-name VIOLATED TAMPERS

BATTERY DEAD/MISS | BATTERY

FAILED | SIREN FAILED | GSM CON-

NECT FAILED | GSM ANTENNA

FAILED | VIOLATED TAMPER | MAIN

POWER LOSS | DATE/TIME NOT SET |

LOW BATTERY | WLESS SIGNAL LOST

| KEYPAD LOST | CO LEVEL CRITICAL |

EWM1 FAULT | WLESS BATT LOW | RF

JAMMER DETECTED

FAULTS

Continued on next page

VIOLATED ZONES Z1-zone-name... Z144-zone-name

VIOLATED TAMPERS tamp-name... tamp-name

PGM OUTPUTS out-name out-name

STATUS

ON | OFF

EWM1

ON | OFF

REAL TIME ENERGY

TODAY ENERGY

MONTHLY ENERGY

JANUARY | FEBRUARY | MARCH

APRIL | MAY | JUNE | JULY | AU-

GUST | SEPTEMBER | OCTOBER

NOVEMBER | DECEMBER

FAULTS OVERVOLTAGE | UNDERVOLTAGE | OVER-

CURRENT | RELAY FAULT | TEMP. FAULT

RESET COUNTER YES | NO

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn

1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C

DATE/TIME SETTINGS

TEMP SENSORS INFO

ALARM LOG

Continued from previous page FAULTS BATTERY DEAD/MISS | BATTERY FAILED

| SIREN FAILED | GSM CONNECT FAILED |

GSM ANTENNA FAILED | VIOLATED

TAMPER | MAIN POWER LOSS | DATE/

TIME NOT SET | LOW BATTERY | WLESS

SIGNAL LOST | KEYPAD LOST | CO LEVEL

CRITICAL | EWM1 FAULT | WLESS BATT

LOW | RF JAMMER DETECTED

DATE/TIME SETTINGS yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn

TEMP SENSORS INFO

VIEW EVENT LOG

1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C

CODES

MASTER CODE

CODE [0000... 9999]

PARTITION pv partition value

USER CODE (2-17)

CODE [0000... 9999]

PARTITION pv

USER CODE (18-30)

CODE [0000... 9999]

PARTITION pv

DURESS CODE

SGS CODE

N/A | USER CODE

2... 10

N/A | USER CODE 2... 10

REMOVE CODE [0000... 9999]

ALARM LOG

CONFIGURATION iiii installer code see 32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

31.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree

HOME SCREEN VIEW

OK installer code iiii

GSM USER 1... 10 USERS

PRIMARY SETTINGS

CALL/SMS SETTINGS

PHONE NUMBER ttteeellnnuumm 15 digits

PARTITION pv partition value

DISABLE | ENABLE

CALL IN CASE ALARM

GSM USER 1... 10 days

°C seconds minutes

CTRL FROM ANY NUM

[0000... 9999] INSTALLER CODE

[0000... 9999]

[0001... 9999] yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn

MASTER CODE

SMS PASSWORD

DATE/TIME SETTINGS

PERIODIC INFO

[0... 99] hour

FREQUENCY (DAYS)

[0... 23] TIME

°C [-55... 125]

[-55... 125]

DISABLE / ENABLE EVENT LOG

TEMP SENSORS

TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8

TEMP. MIN

TEMP. MAX

NAME

PRIMARY TEMP SENS

SECOND. TEMP SENS

[0... 600]

[1... 10]

EXIT DELAY

PARTITION 1... 4

SIREN SETTINGS

ALARM DURATION

ZONES

ONBOARD ZONES zone-name

NAME

STATUS

TYPE

DISABLE | ENABLE

INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-

HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO

SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT

ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds

STAY DISABLE | ENABLE

TAMPER NAME

KEYPAD ZONES

PARTITION

FORCE pv partition value

DISABLE | ENABLE

1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE

NAME

STATUS DISABLE | ENABLE

TYPE INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-

HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO

SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT

ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds

Continued on next page

STAY DISABLE | ENABLE

TAMPER NAME

PARTITION

FORCE pv partition value

DISABLE | ENABLE

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

DISABLE | ENABLE BELL SQUAWK

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

BELL SQUAWK STAY

SRN IF WLESS LOSS

DISABLE | ENABLE EWS2 LED

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

EWS3 FIRE LED

EWS3 ALARM LED

DISABLE | ENABLE EWF1 SIREN INTERC.

MAIN POWER STATUS seconds seconds

[0... 65535]

[0... 65535]

LOSS DELAY

RESTORE DELAY

DISABLE | ENABLE

KEYPAD PARTITION

PARTITION SWITCH

KEYPAD PARTITION

PARTITION 1... 4 [1] EKB2 | NOT USED...

[4] EKB2 | NOT USED

Continued from previous page

EPGM1 ZONES 1-8... 25-32

1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 17... 48

NAME

STATUS

TYPE

DISABLE | ENABLE

INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-

HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO

SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT

ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds

STAY DISABLE | ENABLE

TAMPER NAME

PARTITION pv partition value

FORCE DISABLE | ENABLE

ATZ MODE DISABLE | ENABLE

ARM/DISARM BY ZONE

CHIME DISABLE | ENABLE

ZONE 1... 4 0 | [1... 16] 0:OFF or 1-16

PARTITION 1... 2 [1] EKB3 | NOT USED...

[4] EKB3 | NOT USED

EKB3W PARTITION

PARTITION 1... 2 EKB3W wless-id | NOT USED

GSM AUDIO

[0... 100] SPEAKER LEVEL

WIRELESS ZONES wless-dev wless-id WIRELESS DEVICES 1... 2

FW RELEASE ERROR RATE SIGNAL BATTERY

IBUTTON KEYS

NEW IBUTTON

IBUTTON 1... 16

REMOVE partition value

PARTITION pv

ID

Continued on next page

WIRELESS ZONES 1... 8 zone-name

NAME

STATUS

TYPE

DISABLE | ENABLE

INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR

| DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR |

REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT

ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds

STAY DISABLE | ENABLE

TAMPER NAME

PARTITION

FORCE pv partition value

DISABLE | ENABLE

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

GPRS SETTINGS MS SETTINGS

ACCOUNT [0000... 9999]

SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE

[0.0.0.0] DNS1

[0.0.0.0]

[1... 65535]

DNS2

LOCAL PORT

APN

SMS TO ALL

DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS MESSAGES 1

SYS ARMED EVENT

GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE

SYS DISARMED EVENT

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

DELAY LAST ATTEMPT

MS MODE

[0... 65535]

DISABLE | ENABLE

DATA MESSAGES 1

BURGLR ALM/REST EV

MAIN POWER L/R EV

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

ARM/DISARM EVENT

TEST EVENT

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

BATTERY FAILED DISABLE | ENABLE

BATTERY DEAD/MISS

TAMPER ALM/REST EV

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

INST SILENT EV DISABLE | ENABLE

SYSTEM STARTED EV DISABLE | ENABLE

24H ALM/REST EVENT DISABLE | ENABLE

FIRE ALM/REST EV

LOW BATTERY EVENT

TEMP HIGH EVENT

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

TEMP LOW EVENT

WLESS SIGN L/R EV

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE DISABLE | ENABLE

GENERAL ALARM EV

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL

MAIN POWER L/R EV

GSM USER 1... 10

BATTERY FAILED

GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL

SMS TO ALL

Continued on next page

DATA MESSAGES 2

DISARM DURESS EV

ARM/DARM SGS EVENT

ARM PARTIAL EV

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

SIREN FAIL/REST EV

RF JAMMER DETECTED

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

DATE/TIME NOT SET DISABLE | ENABLE

GSM CONNECT FAILED DISABLE | ENABLE

GSM ANT FAIL/REST

SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

COMM BUS FAIL/RST

GPRS CONNECT FAIL

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

ZONE BYPASS EV

CO SENS LFTIME EXC

CO LEVEL CRITICAL

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

DISABLE | ENABLE

BATTERY DEAD/MISS

GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

DATA MESSAGES 3

ARM/DARM EV DISABLE | ENABLE

CFG VIA REMOTE EV DISABLE | ENABLE

PA/SIL ALM/REST EV DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

LOW BATTERY EVENT

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

VOICE CALLS/SMS ST

ATTEMPTS [1... 10]

TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 ttteeellnnuumm 15 digits

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE

RF JAMMER DETECTED

GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL

SMS REPORT

PSTN SETTINGS

ATTEMPTS [1... 10]

TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 ttteeellnnuumm

CSD SETTINGS

ATTEMPTS [1... 10]

TEL NUMBER 1... 5 ttteeellnnuumm

IP SETTINGS

15 digits

15 digits

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

SIREN FAIL/REST EV

GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

DATE/TIME NOT SET

GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT

SMS TO ALL

SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

PARAL.DS.MODE

DISABLE | ENABLE

SERVER IP... SERVER2... 3 IP

ACCOUNT

UNIT ID

SERVER IP

SERVER PORT

[0.0.0.0] IP address

PROTOCOL

IP ATTEMPTS

TEST PERIOD

TCP | UDP

[0... 255]

[0... 65535] seconds

DISABLE | ENABLE

GSM CONNECT FAILED

GSM USER 1... 10

PRIMARY CONNECTION

GPRS IP1... 3 | VOICE CALLS | CSD | PSTN

| SMS | ELAN3-ALARM IP1... 3 | N/A

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE

GSM ANT FAIL/REST

GSM USER 1... 10

BACKUP CONNECTION 1... 5

GPRS IP1... 3 | VOICE CALLS | CSD | PSTN

| SMS | ELAN3-ALARM IP1... 3 | N/A

USING EPGM8 DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

SERVICE MODE DISABLE | ENABLE

CLEAR TAMPER FAULT

DISABLE | ENABLE

TAMPER ALARM

GSM USER 1... 10

RESET TO DEFAULT uumm user or master code

Continued on next page

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

DISABLE | ENABLE

COMM BUS FAIL/RST

GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

DISABLE | ENABLE

TEMP INFO EVENT

GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

SYSTEM STARTED EV

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

SMS MESSAGES 2

PERIOD INFO SMS EV

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

WLESS SIGN LOSS EV

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

FAIL TO ARM SMS

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

ZONE BYPASS EV

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

CO LEVEL CRITICAL

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

REPORT

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

WRLESS FAIL 20MIN.

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

31.1.2. EKB3 - LED Keypad

Main features:

• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code).

• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).

• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).

• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).

• Visual indication by LED indicators (see 32.1.2.1. LED Functionality).

• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.

• Keypad partition switch (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

31.1.2.1. LED Functionality

(red)

INDICATION

Steady ON

Flashing

DESCRIPTION

System armed / exit delay in progress

Configuration mode activated

(green)

(orange)

Steady ON

Steady ON

Flashing

System is ready – no violated zones and/or violated tampers exist

System faults exist

Violated high-numbered zone

(orange)

Steady ON Violated zone bypassed

1-12

(red)

Steady ON Zone violated / configuration command being typed in

31.1.2.2. Keys Functionality

DESCRIPTION 46 FRONT SIDE

1st character for STAY-arming

0

1

0

9

4

1st character for violated zone bypass and bypassed zone activation

1st character for Configuration mode activation or deactivation

1st character for system fault list indication / 1st character for violated high-numbered zone indication /

1st character for violated tamper indication

Command typing

Keypad partition switch

LED indication

Steady ON: partition armed

Flashing: partition violated

Simultaneous 4-partition arming

1

4

7

*

2

5

8

0

3

6

9

#

*

Clear typed in characters

Typed in command confirmation

31.2. 1-Wire Interface

1-Wire interface is used for the system to communicate with an iButton key reader and up to 8 temperature sensors. 1-Wire interface COM and DATA terminals are ground and data respectively. When connecting single or multiple temperature sensors, the +5V terminal must be used along.

For more details on 1-Wire device wiring, please refer to 2.3.4. iButton Key Reader and Buzzer and 2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader.

31.3. Modules Interface

The system might be equipped with modules interface slots thus enabling to use one of the following devices at a time:

• EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com)

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

33. SERVICE MODE

The system comes equipped with Service mode allowing to carry out system maintenance tasks, such as detection device replacement, tamper switch installation, wireless device battery replacement without causing zone or tamper alarm when Service mode is activated. To activate/deactivate Service mode, please refer to the following configuration methods:

Activate Service mode

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SERVICEMODE:ON

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 SERVICEMODE:ON

EKB2

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → SERVICE MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 67 and parameter status value:

67 1 #

Example: 671#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.

Deactivate Service mode

SMS

EKB2

SMS text message content: ssss SERVICEMODE:OFF

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 SERVICEMODE:OFF

Menu path:

OK → iiii → OK → SERVICE MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK

Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/

EKB3W/

EWKB4

Enter parameter 67 and parameter status value:

67 0 #

Example: 670#

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

NOTE: Alternatively, the Service mode automatically deactivates when 1-hour timeout period expires or after arming the system.

34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART

In some critical situations, a system restart may be required. To remotely carry out system restart, please refer to the following configuration method.

Restart the system

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss RESET

Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 RESET

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

35. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES

ELDES Cloud Services is a cloud-based platform providing a user-friendly graphical interface intended for system status monitoring and control:

• Arm/disarm the system

• View system faults and alerts

• Monitoring temperature, GSM signal strength and backup battery level (these last two features are available for Administrator only).

• Control electrical appliance connected to the PGM outputs

The connection with the platform can be established via GPRS network and can be ac cessed via smartphone application Eldes Security, developed for Android and iOS-based devices (iPhone, iPad).

In order to start using ELDES Cloud Services, please enable it using the following configuration methods.

Enable ELDES Cloud

Services

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SMART:ON

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 SMART:ON

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

To begin using new Eldes Security app, you will have to visit Google Play store (Android) or App Store (iOS) and download the application (or update it to the latest version!), install the application on your smartphone, launch the app (open it) and sign in or create your new personal account. Then log in to your ELDES Cloud Services account and add a device by following the step-by-step instructions provided on our website www.eldesalarms.com When adding the device to your account, you will be prompted for ELDES Cloud Services ID, which can be obtained using Eldes Utility software or by sending the following SMS text message to the system’s phone number.

Request for ELDES

Cloud Services ID

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SMART ID

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 SMART ID

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

To disable ELDES Cloud Services, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Disable ELDES Cloud

Services

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss SMART:OFF

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 SMART:OFF

Eldes

Utility

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .

ATTENTION: In case you DO NOT wish to use ELDES Cloud Services and your device is not associated with any ELDES Cloud Services account, please DO NOT leave ELDES Cloud Services enabled. Otherwise additional charges may apply for data traffic based on your cell phone service plan.

NOTE: Additional charges may apply for data traffic based on your cell phone service plan when using ELDES Cloud Services platform.

NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services platform will remain operational even when using Automatic or Manual dual-SIM modes.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

36. TECHNICAL SUPPORT

36.1. Troubleshooting

Indication

Indicator STAT is off

Indicator NETW is off or flashing

System does not send any SMS text messages and/or does not ring

Received SMS text message “Wrong syntax”

Missing temperature indication in Info SMS text message/EKB2 keypad

24H and/or Fire zones do not work

Possible reason

· No mains power

· Wiring done improperly

· Blown fuse

· Missing SIM card

· PIN code is enabled

· SIM card is inactive

· Disconnected antenna

· GSM network signal too weak

· GSM network unavailable

· Microcontroller is not started due to electrical mains noise or static discharge

· SIM card credit balance depleted

· Incorrect SMS centre phone number

· No GSM network signal

· User number is not added (or function “system’s remote connection from any phone number” is disabled)

· SIM card changed before disconnecting main power supply or backup battery

· Incorrect SMS text message structure

· Extra space character might be typed in SMS text message

· Temperature sensor not connected

· Temperature sensor broken

· Connection wires too long

· Specified zone must be enabled by SMS, Eldes Utility , EKB2, EKB3 or EKB3W/

EWKB4

For product warranty repair service please , contact your local retail store where this product was purchased.

If your problem could not be fixed by the self-guide above, please contact your local distributor. More up to date information about your device and other products can be found at the manufacturer’s website www.eldesalarms.com

36.2. Restoring Default Parameters

1. Disconnect the power supply and backup battery.

2. Short circuit (connect) DEF pins.

3. Power up the device for 7 seconds.

4. Power down the device.

5. Remove short circuit from DEF pins.

6. Parameters restored to default.

36.3. Updating the Firmware via USB Cable Locally

1. Disconnect the power supply and backup battery.

2. Short circuit (connect) DEF pins.

3. Connect the device via USB cable to the PC.

4. The new window must pop-up where you will find the .bin file. Otherwise open My Computer and look for Boot Disk drive.

5. Delete the .bin file found in the drive.

6. Copy the new firmware .bin file to the very same window.

7. Power down the device.

8. Unplug USB cable.

9. Remove short circuit from DEF pins.

10. Power up the device.

11. Firmware updated.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

36.4. Updating Firmware via GPRS Connection Remotely

ATTENTION: The system will NOT transmit any data to monitoring station while updating the firmware remotely via GPRS network. All data messages will be lost and will NOT be transmitted to the monitoring station after the firmware upgrade process is over.

Before updating the firmware remotely via GPRS connection, make sure that:

• SIM card is inserted into SIM CARD1 slot of ESIM384 device (see 2.2. Main Unit, LED and Connector Functionality).

• Mobile internet service (GPRS) is enabled on the SIM card.

• Power supply is connected to ESIM384.

• Default SMS password is changed to a new 4-digit password (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE).

• At least User 1 phone number is set up (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS).

• APN, user name and password are set up (see 30.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM).

Initiate FOTA

ESIM384 alarm system supports FOTA (firmware-over-the-air) feature. This allows to upgrade the firmware remotely via GPRS connection. Once the upgrade process is initiated, the system connects to the specified FTP server address where the firmware file is hosted and begins downloading and re-flashing the firmware. The firmware file must be located in a folder titled firmware (folder’s title MUST be written in non-capital letters). In order to initiate the upgrade process, please send the following SMS message.

SMS

SMS text message content: ssss FOTA

Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.

Example: 1111 FOTA

Notice that latest firmware file can be obtained from www.eldesalarms.com

ATTENTION: Firmware filename MUST be renamed in lowercase format before using it.

ATTENTION: Comma and underscore character is NOT allowed to use in user name, password and firmware file name.

36.5. Frequently Asked Questions

Question

1. Can ESIM384 operate as standalone device without SIM card inserted?

2. I am unable to arm the alarm system when one of the zones (some zones) is violated. Is there a way to arm the alarm system while the zone is violated?

3. When ESIM384 fully powers down my configuration becomes lost and I have to re-configure the device again.

What’s wrong?

4. I have a smoke detector connected to ESIM384 system.

How do I reset the smoke detector when the “Fire” zone is violated?

5. What happens if I switch backup battery pole terminals places?

6. How do I disable SMS reports and calls in case of tamper violation when alarm system is disarmed?

Answer

Yes, ESIM384 device can fully operate without any SIM card inserted. In this case you will not be able to configure and control the device by SMS and calls nor to receive any SMS reports and calls.

Due to security reasons it is recommended to restore the violated zone (-s) before arming the alarm system. However, you can enable a Force attribute or use the Bypass feature in order to arm the alarm system despite the violated zone (-s) being present. Please, refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions and

14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.

This might have happened due to the jumper left on DEF pins or it is a hardware failure. Please, remove the jumper if it is present on DEF pins or contact your supplier for warranty service.

If the smoke detector is connected to one of the ESIM384 PGM outputs you can reset it by turning the PGM output OFF and then back ON. This can be performed by SMS, EKB2 keypad, EKB3 keypad, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility . Please, refer to 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and

OFF.

Switching backup battery pole terminals places is forbidden. Otherwise this will lead to blown fuse and ESIM384 alarm system will have to be repaired.

The SMS reports on tamper violation can be disabled by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W/

EWKB4 keypads or Eldes Utility . For more details, please refer to 16. TAM-

PERS or to the software’s HELP section. However, due to security reasons it is not recommended to disable this feature.

7. Is any additional configuration necessary when connecting EPGM1 module after wiring is done according to

EPGM1 user manual?

No additional configuration is required in order to make EPGM1 module operational.

8. Does the number of EPGM1 zones duplicate when ATZ mode is activated in the system?

No, the number of EPGM1 zones does not duplicate in ATZ mode as EPGM1 module does not support ATZ mode. Only ESIM384 on-board zones duplicate in ATZ mode.

9. I connect the wired siren to ESIM384 and I hear a silent sound alarm even when the alarm system is disarmed.

In case of alarm system alarm the siren provides a loud sound alarm as it should. Why?

Please, connect the resistor of 3,3 kΩ nominal to the BELL- / BELL+ contacts

This should solve the problem.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

Question

10. The buzzer remains active when I disarm the alarm system using the keypad. Why?

11. One of wireless devices connected to ESIM384 system sends a tamper alarm from time to time, although no tamper was violated. Why?

12. I have connected a wired magnetic door sensor, but I receive tamper alarm instead of zone alarm. What’s wrong?

13. I disconnected the backup battery, but did not receive any SMS report on this event. How do I enable SMS report on backup battery disconnection?

14. I have set zone names and/or PGM output names containing some Cyrillic and/or non-English characters.

The zone names and PGM output names do not fully fit in the SMS message. What‘s wrong?

15. I am unable to run in Windows. Why?

Eldes Utility - I receive error messages

Answer

The buzzer is intended for iButton indication only and it is not related to disarming process by keypad.

This happens due to wireless connection loss. There might be several reasons:

1. ELDES wireless device is installed too close or too far from ESIM384 system.

2. Interference of other electronic equipment.

3. Physical interference (building walls, floors etc.)

4. Metal material interference.

This happens due to incorrect resistor connection. Please, refer to corresponding connection circuit according to the selected zone connection type

(Type 1 – 5). See 2.3.2 Zone Connection Types for more details.

By default, this notification is enabled. The system checks the backup battery resistance once a day and sends an SMS report to User 1 on backup battery replacement if more than 2Ω resistance is detected. For more details, please refer to 21. BACKUP BATTERY, Mains power STATUS MONITORING AND

MEMORY.

According to GSM standards 1 SMS text message may consist of up to 160

Latin alphabet/English characters maximum. If the message contains at least one non-latin/non-English character, the length of SMS message becomes at least half shorter, since those characters occupy more size of the

SMS text message than the Latin ones. It is recommended not to use any non-Latin/ non-English characters in zone names and PGM output names.

Microsoft .NET Framework v3.5 is not installed in Windows system. Please, download this package from official Microsoft website free of charge and install it to your Windows system. Also, if you are using our new Eldes Utility software, you need to check the Open GL version that is used on your PC.

The Open GL version must be v2.0 or higher.

16. Info SMS report comes with wrong date and time. How do I correct it?

17. I receive an error message when attempting to configure the device or update the firmware remotely. What’s wrong?

18. I waited for at least 5 minutes, but did not receive any

SMS message confirming that remote configuration via

GPRS connection has stopped. What‘s wrong?

19. The SMS password is changed and I have User 1 phone number added. However, whenever I send a text message, such as ssss INFO the system always replies with

„Wrong password“. What‘s wrong?

Please, set the correct system date and time using either Eldes Utility , EKB2,

EKB3, EKB3W/EWKB4 or SMS text message.

It appears that the device is unable to establish a communication with configuration / FTP server. Please, check the GPRS settings in ESIM384 configuration (APN, user name, password), the location of the firmware file

(must be located in the FTP server folder titled Firmware) and the mobile internet feature presence on the SIM card used with ESIM384. If this does not solve the problem, please contact your GSM operator (and ISP - for remote configuration problems) in order to request a list of blocked TCP ports.

1. Send the

2. In ssss endconfig

Eldes Utility

SMS text message.

press Disconnect button and repeat the procedure as described in 5.4.1. Remote Connection.

Most likely you have wrong character encoding set up in your SMS text messaging settings on your smart-phone. Please, ensure that you have GSM

Alphabet selected, NOT Unicode or any other type of character encoding.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

37. RELATED PRODUCTS

EKB2 - LCD keypad EKB3 - LED keypad

ME1 - metal cabinet

EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module

EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module

DS1990A-F5 - iButton key

DS18S20 - temperature sensor

ED1T - plastic enclosure with iButton key reader and temperature sensor

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EWS2 - wireless external siren

EWF1 - wireless smoke detector

EWF1CO – wireless smoke and CO detector

EKB3W/EWKB4 – wireless LED keypad

EWK2 - wireless keyfob

EWD2 - wireless door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor EWS3 - wireless indoor siren

EWR2 - wireless signal repeater

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EWD3 - wireless door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor

EN

EW2 - wireless zone and PGM output expansion module EWK2A - wireless keyfob

EWP2/EWP3 - wireless motion detector Vinson DS18B20 - digital thermometer with 3m (9.84ft) wire

ESR100 - digital receiver

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

38. GLOSSARY – APPENDIX 1

TERM

AC

Actuator

Alarm Log

Ampere (A)

Arming/Disarming

Backup battery

Bell squawk

Bypass/Activate Zone

Circuit

Confirmation timeout

Current

DC

Diagnostic Tool

Eldes Cloud Services

Entry Delay

Event Log

Exit Delay

Fault

Fuse iButton key

Input

DESCRIPTION

Alternating current is an electric current that reverses its direction of flow at regular intervals.

A mechanism of the switch or switch enclosure that operates the contacts.

Contains information about alarms that are currently active on the system or information about alarms that have been raised and then resolved on the system. This log can be useful in analyzing problems and trends in the system.

The electrical rate of flow in a circuit.

A process of enabling/disabling system's security.

The secondary power source of the system. In case of a main power failure, the backup battery will take over.

If enabled, the siren/bell indicates the completed system arming and disarming process (except the arming in STAY mode). After the system is successfully armed, the siren/bell will emit 2 short beeps and 1 long beep after the system is disarmed. By default, the parameter is disabled.

Zone bypassing allows the user to deactivate a violated zone and arm the system without restoring the zone. If a bypassed zone is violated or restored during exit/entry delay, or when then system is armed, it will be ignored. The zone will remain bypassed until the system is disarmed. Zones can only be bypassed and activated when the system is not armed.

A complete path, or closed loop, that electricity requires to flow and do work.

Specifies the time in which a cross zone must be violated that the system could confirm alarm on the associated zone.

An electrical rate of flow, measured in amperes.

Direct current is an electric current that flows in one direction.

When using Eldes Utility, you may use an additional section of functions, that allows to monitor real-time zones, view changes of peripheral devices, instantly configure necessary options, for example, enabling/disabling PGM outputs, etc.

A cloud-based platform providing a user-friendly graphical interface intended for system status monitoring and control.

Once the exit delay has expired, the system initiates the entry delay countdown if a Delay type zone is violated. The countdown is indicated by short beeps emitted by keypad buzzer and by steady beep emitted by system's buzzer. The indication is intended to advise the user that the system should be disarmed. When the user presses/touches any key on the keypad during this delay, the buzzer of the keypad will be silenced. If the system is disarmed before the entry delay expires, no alarm will be caused. Default value is 15 seconds.

A list of system events that is uploaded from the device‘s memory to the Eldes Utility software for further analysis. The system logs all information about system configuration, system actions and info messages. By default, the parameter is enabled. The event log is of FIFO (first in, first out) type that allows the system to automatically replace the oldest records with the latest ones.

A period of time intended for user to leave the secured area. The system begins the countdown after the arming process initiation.

A specific problem or error that prevents the system from working properly. The system comes equipped with self-diagnostic feature allowing to indicate the presence of any system fault by the keypad as well as by SMS text message notification to the listed user phone number.

An element or a protective mechanism, that is destroyed when excessive current flows through a circuit, thereby protecting the circuit.

A unique 64-bit ID code containing chip enclosed in a stainless steel tab usually implemented in a small plastic holder. ESIM384 system supports up to 16 iButton keys each holding a unique identity code (ID), which is used for system arming and disarming.

The voltage, current, or power applied to an electrical circuit to produce a desired result.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

TERM

Keybus

Keyfob

LED

Main Power

Master/User Code

MS mode

Normally closed (NC)

Normally open (NO)

On-board

Partition

Periodic Test Event

Peripheral device

PGM output

Ping period

Protocol

Relay

Scheduler

Service mode

SMS forward

Tamper

Transformer

DESCRIPTION

A circuit (usually 4-wire) which provides power and serial data connection between keypads and other accessories and the alarm panel.

A small security hardware device with built-in authentication used for system's security control

Stands for "Light emitting diode", defined as a solid-state light source that emits variable light, or invisible, infrared radiation.

The main power source of the system.

Allows to carry out system arming/ disarming as well as minor system configuration and control by the keypad.

is mode that enables data transmission from the ESIM384 alarm system to the monitoring station.

is a switch that passes current until actuated.

is a switch that must be actuated to pass current.

is some element that is installed and functional within a device (system).

System comes equipped with a partitioning feature that can divide the alarm system into a number of independently controlled areas identified as Partition 1 through 4, which are all supervised by one alarm system unit. Partitioning can be used in installations where shared alarm system is more practical, such as a house and a garage or within a single multi-storey building. When partitioned, each system element, like zone, user phone number, keypad, user password, iButton key and EWK2 wireless keyfob can be assigned to single or multiple partitions. The user will then be able to arm/ disarm the system partition (-s) that the zones and arm/disarm method, except EKB2 keypad, are assigned to.

Provides the following information on alarm system: date & time, status (armed/disarmed), GSM signal strength, mains power supply status, temperature value measured by primary and secondary temperature sensors (if any). The system sends this information to User 1 at the time intervals programmed into the scheduler.

A peripheral device is defined as a device, such as a keyboard, that is not part of the essential system i.e., the memory and microprocessor.

These devices are intended to be connected to the system and used.

A PGM output is a programmable output that toggles to its set up state when a specific event has occurred in the system, the scheduled weekday and time has come or if the user has initiated the

PGM output state change manually.

Sets period of time defining how often ESIM384 sends ping data packet to the Cloud Services server.

A formal specification for communicating; an IP address the special set of rules that end points in a telecommunication connection use when they communicate. Protocols exist at several levels in a telecommunication connection.

is an electromagnetic device opted for remote or automatic control that is actuated by variation in conditions of an electric circuit and that operates in turn other devices (as switches) in the same or a different circuit.

Through the use of the system's built-in clock, it is possible to schedule automatic operations such as setting and unsetting output state.

Mode that should be used when it is necessary to re-install some of the peripheral devices (to change batteries, open/close enclosure and etc.). In this mode, system does not check for tamper faults so it won't start siren alarm or send specified notifications to monitoring station or by SMS text messages to users. Service Mode can be enabled only when system is disarmed.

System can re-sent all incoming SMS messages to the specified users. It is useful if the GSM operator of the inserted SIM card sends some useful information (SIM card validation or payment account status and etc.) or it is necessary to monitor all incoming SMS messages by specified user.

The tamper circuit is a single closed loop such that a break in the loop at any point will cause a tamper alarm regardless of the system status – armed or disarmed.

A device formed by two or more windings, that are magnetically coupled to each other and provide a transfer of power electromagnetically from one winding to another.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

TERM

Trigger

Volt

Voltage

Wireless device

Zone

DESCRIPTION

An event which causes another event or action, often initiating a signal generation or acquisition.

The unit of voltage or electromotive force

The amount of energy available to move a certain number of electrons from one point to another in an electric circuit

Devices that communicate without connecting wires or other material contacts.

Detection devices such as motion detectors and door contacts are connected to the alarm system’s zone terminals.

Zone state/status Zone status is a position of a certain zone being enabled or disabled. Meanwhile, zone state points out the condition of a certain zone, which can either be violated (i.e. In case of alarm) or restored.

39. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 COMMANDS - APPENDIX 2

EXAMPLE COMMAND

DEFINITION

Arm the system in Stay mode

CODE

uumm

Bypass individual zone /

Activate Bypassed zone

Activate/deactivate

Configuration mode

Set master code

nn uumm#

iiii #

COMMAND

VALUE uumm – 4-digit user/ master code.

nn – zone number, range –

[01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

ii ii– 4-digit installer code.

1111

091111#

1470#

Set user code

Delete user code

Set Duress code

Set user/master code partition

Switch keypad partition

(EKB3/ EKB3W/EWKB4)

Arm the system/ Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm

A)

0 vvvv 01 mmmm #

B) 63 vvvv mmmm #

(only whenConfiguration

Mode is activated).

0 mmmm us uuuuu #

A) vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm - 4-digit new master code; range -

[0000... 9999].

B) vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range –

[0000... 9999].

A) 01111012222#

B) 6311112222# mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range -

[02... 30].

0111109#

0 mmmm us #

3 us mmmm #

User code: 5 us pv mmmm

#

Master code: 5 01 pv mmmm #

Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps

(for EKB3 keypad) ;

Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps

(for EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads) uumm us - user code slot, range -

[02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.

us - user code slot, range -

[02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.

us - user code slot, range

- [02... 30]; pv – partition value, range - [01... 15] ;mmmm

- 4-digit master code.

[1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.

[1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.

uumm – 4-digit user/ master code.

3081111#

4041111#

504081111#

2222

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

COMMAND

DEFINITION

CODE

ONLY for EKB3! - Arm all 4 partitions simultaneously/ Disarm and turn OFF the alarm in all 4 partitions simultaneously

0 uumm

Set Alarm duration 10 tt #

110000#

11it fff #

Disable Periodic Info SMS

Set Periodic Info SMS frequency and time

Disable/ Enable system’s remote connection from any phone number

Set SMS password

120 #/ 121 #

14 ssss #

Set installer code

Add user phone number

16 iiii #

17 up ttteeellnnuumm #

COMMAND

VALUE uumm – 4-digit user/ master code.

EXAMPLE

0 2222 tt – alarm duration, range –

[00... 10] minutes.

1007# it – time, range – [01... 23]; fff – frequency, range –

[00... 125] days

110000#

110412#

120 #/ 121 # ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range –

[0001... 9999].

iiii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999] up – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.

141111#

162538#

17010044170911XXXX1#

18 0 #/ 18 1 #

22#

230# / 231#

24010 #/ 24011 #

Enable/Disable Allow adding new iButton keys mode

Clear tamper fault

Disable/ Enable MS mode

Disable/Enable Burglary alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Mains power loss/restore data message

Disable/Enable Armed/ disarmed by user data message

Disable/Enable Test event data message

Disable/Enable Battery failed data message

Disable/Enable Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore data message

Disable/Enable Tamper alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Instant

Silent zone alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Kronos ping data message

18 0 #/ 18 1 #

22 #

230# / 231#

24010 #/ 24011 #

24020 #/ 24021 #

24030 #/ 24031 #

24040 #/ 24041 #

24050 #/ 24051 #

24060 #/ 24061 #

24070 #/ 24071 #

24080 #/ 24081 #

24090 #/ 24091 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

COMMAND

DEFINITION

CODE

Disable/Enable System started data message

Disable/Enable 24-Hour zone alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Fire zone alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Low battery data message

Disable/Enable Temperature risen data message

Disable/Enable Temperature fallen data message

Disable/Enable Wireless signal loss/restore data message

Disable/Enable Disarmed by user (Duress code) data message

Disable/Enable SGS code entered data message

Disable/Enable Armed by user (partial arm) data message

24100 #/ 24101 #

24130 #/ 24131 #

24140 #/ 24141 #

24150 #/ 24151 #

24160 #/ 24161 #

24170 #/ 24171 #

24180 #/ 24181 #

24190 #/ 24191 #

24200 #/ 24201 #

24210 #/ 24211 #

Disable/Enable Siren fail/ restore data message

Disable/Enable RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped data message

24220 #/ 24221 #

24230 #/ 24231 #

24240 #/ 24241 # Disable/Enable Date/time not set data message

Disable/Enable GSM connection failed data message

Disable/Enable GSM/

GPRS antenna fail/restore data message

Disable/Enable System shutdown data message

Disable/Enable Keypad fail/ restore data message

Disable/Enable GPRS connection failed data message

Disable/Enable Zone bypassed/activated data message

Disable/Enable CO sensor lifetime exceeded data message

Disable/Enable CO level critical data message

24250 #/ 24251 #

24260 #/ 24261 #

24270 #/ 24271 #

24280 #/ 24281 #

24290 #/ 24291 #

24310 #/ 24311 #

24320 #/ 24321 #

24330 #/ 24331 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

COMMAND

VALUE

EXAMPLE

EN

COMMAND

DEFINITION

Disable/Enable Report/

Control zone triggered/ restored data message

Disable/Enable Armed/ disarmed in STAY mode data message

Disable/Enable Configuration via remote connection started data message

Disable/Enable Panic/

Silent zone alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Armed/ disarmed automatically data message

Disable/Enable SMS sending limit reached data message

Disable Arm & Disarm Notification

CODE

24340 #/ 24341 #

24350 #/ 24351 #

24360 #/ 24361 #

24370 #/ 24371 #

24380 # / 24381 #

24390 # / 24391 #

Enable Arm & Disarm Notification

Disable SMS text message in case of alarm

Enable SMS text message in case of alarm

COMMAND

VALUE

EXAMPLE

24390 # / 24391 #

System armed event

User phone number:

25 01 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 01 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

2502040#

System disarmed event

User phone number:

25 02 up 0 # 25 02 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously:

21 02 0 # 21 02 0 #

SMS delivery report:

25 02 0 # 55 02 0 #

System armed event

User phone number:

25 01 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 01 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

System disarmed event

User phone number:

25 02 up 1 # 25 02 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously:

21 02 1 # 21 02 0 #

SMS delivery report:

25 021 # 55 0

User phone number:

25 03 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 03 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 03 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 03 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

2502061#

2503060#

2503060#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

COMMAND

DEFINITION

Disable Main power loss/ restore notification

Enable Main power loss/ restore notification

Disable Battery failed notification

Enable Battery failed notification

Disable Battery dead or missing notification

Enable Battery dead or missing notification

Disable Low battery notification

Enable Low battery notification

Disable siren fail/ restore notification

Enable siren fail/ restore notification

Disable RF jammer detected notification

CODE COMMAND

VALUE

User phone number:

25 04 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 040 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

2504 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21041 #

SMS delivery report:55041 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 05 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 05 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 05 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 05 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 06 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 060 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 06 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 06 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 07 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 07 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 07 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 07 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 08 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 080 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 08 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 08 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 09 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 090 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

EXAMPLE

2504030#

2504031#

2505060#

2505061#

2506070#

2506071#

2507030#

2507031#

2508030#

2508041#

2509040#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

COMMAND

DEFINITION

Enable RF jammer detected notification

Disable Date/time not set notification

Enable Date/time not set notification

Enable GSM connection failed notification

Disable GSM connection failed notification

Enable GSM/ GPRS antenna fail/ restore notification

Disable GSM/ GPRS antenna fail/ restore notification

Disable Tamper alarm

Notification

Enable Tamper alarm

Notification

Disable Communication bus fail/restore notification

Enable Communication bus fail/restore notification

CODE COMMAND

VALUE

User phone number:

25 09 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 09 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 10 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 10 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 10 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 10 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 11 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 11 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 11 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 11 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 12 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 12 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 12 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 12 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 13 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 13 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 13 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 13 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 14 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 14 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 14 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 14 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

EXAMPLE

2509051#

2510080#

2510081#

2511091#

2511020#

2512031#

2512030#

2513030#

2513031#

2514030#

2514031#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

COMMAND

DEFINITION

Disable Temperature info notification

Enable Temperature info notification

Disable System started notification

Enable System started notification

Disable Periodical info notification

Enable Periodical info notification

Disable wireless signal loss/ restore notification

Enable wireless signal loss/ restore notification

Disable Unable to arm notification

Enable Unable to arm notification

Disable Zone bypass notification

CODE COMMAND

VALUE

User phone number:

25 15 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 15 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 15 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 15 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 16 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 16 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 16 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 16 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 17 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 17 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 17 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 17 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 18 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 18 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 18 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 18 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 19 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 19 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 19 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 19 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 20 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 20 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

EXAMPLE

2515030#

2515031#

2516030#

2516031#

2517030#

2517031#

2518030#

2518031#

2519030#

2519031#

2520030#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

COMMAND

DEFINITION

Enable Zone bypass notification

Disable CO level critical notification

Enable CO level critical notification

Disable EWM1 wireless signal loss/ restore notification

Enable EWM1 wireless signal loss/ restore notification

Disable Report/Control Zone triggered notification

Enable Report/Control Zone triggered notification

Disable Incoming SMS forwarding notification

Enable Incoming SMS forwarding notification

Disable Wireless communication failed notification

Enable Wireless communication failed notification

CODE COMMAND

VALUE

User phone number:

25 20 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 20 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 21 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 21 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 21 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 21 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 22 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 22 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 22 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 22 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 23 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 23 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 23 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 23 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 24 up 0 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 0 #

SMS delivery report:55 24 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 24 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 24 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 24 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 24 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

User phone number:

25 25 up 1 #

SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 1 #

SMS delivery report:55 25 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

EXAMPLE

2520031#

2521030#

2521031#

2522030#

2522031#

2523030#

2523031#

2524030#

2524091#

2525080#

2525011#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

COMMAND

DEFINITION

CODE COMMAND

VALUE

EXAMPLE

Set monitoring station phone number (for

Voice calls and SMS)

Set account (for Monitoring Station)

26 ps ttteeellnnuumm #

Main Account: 27 cccc#

Server 2 Account: 96 12 cccc#

Server 3 Account: 96 13 cccc# ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

cccc – 4-digit account number.

Enable/Disable ATZ mode

Enable/Disable Bell squawk

Enable / Disable Call in case of alarm

Enable / Disable

Chime attribute

281/280 #

291# / 290#

30 us 1 #

30 us 0 #

321# / 320#

Enable/Disable EPGM8 mode 33 1#

33 0#

Set Zone for Arm-Disarm by Zone method

34 z nn # us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].

Disable Arm-Disarm by Zone method

Disable/ Enable Event Log

Set attempts (for Voice

Calls and SMS)

Set server IP address

Set DNS1 server IP address

34 z 00 #

360/ 361 #

37 at #

Server 1: 40 add add add add #

Server 2: 96 02 add add add add #

Server 3: 96 03 add add add add #

41 add add add add#

26010044170911XXXX1#

278853#

281/280 #

291# / 290#

30091#

30090#

321# / 320#

331#

330#

34023# z – on-board zone slot for

Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4]; nn – on-board zone number, range – [01... 16].

z – on-board zone slot for

Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4].

34200#

360/ 361 #

3706# at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].

add add add add – server IP address.

40065082119005#

41065082119001#

Set DNS2 server IP address 42 add add add add# add add add add – DNS1 server IP address.

add add add add – DNS2 server IP address.

42065082119002#

Set protocol

Set server port

Set test period

Server 1: 430# -

TCP / 431# - UDP

Server 2: 96060# - TCP /

96061# - UDP

Server 3: 96070# - TCP /

96071# - UDP

Server 1: 44 pprrt#

Server 2: 96 04 pprrt#

Server 3: 96 05 pprrt#

Server 1: 46 tteessttpp#

Server 2: 96 10 tteessttpp #

Server 3: 96 11 tteessttpp # pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].

tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.

431#

443365#

46120#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

COMMAND

DEFINITION

Set primary connection

CODE COMMAND

VALUE

EXAMPLE

GPRS network - Server 1 -

480#

Voice calls - 481#

CSD - 482#

PSTN - 483#

SMS - 484#

ELAN3-ALARM - Server

1 - 485#

GPRS network - Server 2 -

486#

GPRS network - Server 3 -

487#

ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2 -

488#

ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3 -

489#

501# / 500#

484#

Enable/ Disable

Interconnection

Set keypad partition

501 # / 500 #

EKB3 partition: 51 kk p#

EKB3W/EWKB4 partition:

51 kw r#

Enable/ Disable zone

Set zone type for individual zone

52 nn 1 #

52 nn 0 #

53 nn 1 # – Interior Follower

53 nn 2 # – Instant

53 nn 3 # – 24-Hour

53 nn 4 # – Delay

53 nn 5 # – Fire

53 nn 6 # – Panic/Silent

53 nn 7 # – CO Sensor

53 nn 8 # – Report/Control

53 nn 9 # – Instant Silent

Set entry delay for Delay zone 54 nn eeeee #

Enable/ Disable Stay attribute for individual zone

Set zone partition

Set monitoring station phone number (for PSTN)

Set user phone number partition

Set iButton key partition

56 nn 1 #

56 nn 0 #

57 nn pv#

58 ps ttteeellnnuumm #

59 us pv #

60 is pv # kk – EKB3 keypad slot, range

– [01... 04]; kw – EB3W keypad slot, range – [05... 08]; p – EKB3 partition number, range – [1... 4]; r – EKB3W/

EWKB4 partition number, range – [1... 2].

nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].

nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]

51062#

52151# /52150#

53125# nn – zone number, range –

[01... 144], eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0...

9999] seconds nn – zone number, range –

[01... 144].

nn – zone number, range

– [01... 144]; pv – partition value, range - [1... 15]

5403259#

56041# /

56040#

57031# ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

us – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; pv – partition value, range - [1... 15]

58020044170911XXXX1#

59092# is – iButton key slot, range –

[01... 16]; pv – partition value, range - [1... 15]

60057#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

COMMAND

DEFINITION

Turn ON PGM output/ Set

PGM output status as ON

Turn OFF PGM output/ Set

PGM output status as OFF

Set date and time

Set attempts (for GPRS

Network and Elan3 Alarm)

Set delay after last communication attempt

Set mains power loss delay

Set mains power restore delay

Set exit delay

CODE

61 oo 1 #

61 oo 0 #

66 yyyy mt dd hr mn#

Server 1: 68 att#

Server 2: 96 08 att#

Server 3: 96 09 att#

69 aaapp #

70 lllll #

71 rrrrr #

72 pp ext #

Enable/ Disable Siren if

Wireless signal is lost

Enable/Disable keypad partition switch

Enable/ Disable Force attribute for individual zone

Set backup connection 1...5

Set attempts

761#

760#

771 # / 770 #

82 nn 1 #

82 nn 0 #

GPRS network - Server 1 -

83bb0#

Voice calls - 83bb1#

CSD - 83bb2#

PSTN - 83bb3#

SMS - 83bb4#

ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1 -

83bb5#

GPRS network - Server 2 -

83bb6#

GPRS network - Server 3 -

83bb7#

ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2 -

83bb8#

ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3 -

83bb9#

84 at #

Set monitoring station phone number (for CSD)

85 ps ttteeellnnuumm # at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].

ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 05]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.

COMMAND

VALUE oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].

oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].

yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].

att – number of attempts, range – [01... 255]

EXAMPLE

61031#

61030#

66201405291235#

6809# aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range –

[0... 65535] seconds.

lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range -

[0... 65535] seconds.

rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range -

[0... 65535] seconds.

pp – partition number, range

– [01... 04], ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.

.

69200#

7043#

71150#

7203259#

761# /

760#

771 # / 770 # nn – zone number, range – [01... 144] bb - backup connection slot, range - [01... 05].

82061# /

82060#

83024#

8403#

85010044170911XXXX1#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

COMMAND

DEFINITION

CODE

Enable/ disable EWS2

LED indication

Set primary temperature sensor

Enable EWS3 LED indication

881# / 880#

89 ts #

Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 941#

Fire alarm LED:931#

Disable EWS3 LED indication Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 940#

Fire alarm LED:930#

COMMAND

VALUE

EXAMPLE

881# / 880# ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].

8903#

931#

940#

40. SMS COMMANDS - APPENDIX 3

THEME

SMS PASSWORD:

Set SMS password

USER PHONE NUMBERS:

Add user phone number

View user phone number

Delete user phone number

1111 NR1:+4417091111111

1111 HELPNR

1111 NR2:DEL

Enable system’s remote connection from any phone number 1111 STR:ON

Disable system’s remote connection from any phone number

1111 STR:OFF

DATE AND TIME:

Set date and time iBUTTON KEYS:

1111 2014.03.16 14:33

Enable allow adding new iButton keys mode

Disable allow adding new Ibutton keys mode

Remove all iButton keys from the system

ARMING AND DISARMING:

Arm the system

SMS EXAMPLE

0000 PSW 1111

1111 IBPROG:ON

1111 IBPROG:OFF

1111 RESETIB

1111 ARM1

1111 DISARM1,2,4 Disarm the system

EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY:

Set exit delay

Set entry delay for delay zone

ZONES:

1111 EXITDELAY:1,20;3,43

1111 ENTRYDELAY:1,25;54,14;12,20

Set zone name

View zone names

Disable zone

Enable zone

ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS:

1111 Z3:Door sensor triggered

1111 STATUS

1111 Z13:OFF

1111 Z6:ON

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

THEME

View violated zones

PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS:

Set PGM output name

View PGM output names

Turn on PGM output/ Set PGM output start up state as on

Turn off PGM output/ Set PGM output start up state as off

Turn on PGM output for time period

Turn off PGM output for time period

WIRELESS DEVICES:

Pair wireless device with the system

Remove wireless device from the system

Replace wireless device

View wireless device information

View available wireless device slots

SIREN/BELL:

Set alarm duration

View alarm duration

TEMPERATURE SENSORS:

View real-time temperature values of individual temperature sensor

View real-time temperature values of all temperature sensors

Set primary temperature sensor

Set secondary temperature sensor

View primary and secondary temperature sensor slot number

View primary and secondary temperature sensor real-time temperature values

Set MIN and MAX temperature boundaries

View MIN and MAX temperature boundaries

Set temperature sensor name

View temperature sensor name

Delete temperature sensor name

SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS:

Request for system information

Set periodic info SMS frequency and time

Disable periodic info SMS

SMSC (short message service center) phone number

MONITORING STATION:

SMS EXAMPLE

1111 INFO

1111 C2:Lights

1111 STATUS

1111 Lights:ON

1111 C2:OFF

1111 C4:ON:10.15.35

1111 Lights:OFF:00.00.23

1111 SET:5353185D

11111 DEL:5353185D

1111 REP:5353185D<41286652

1111 RFINFO:5353185D

1111 STATUS FREE

1111 SIREN:4

1111 SIREN

1111 ITEMP:4

1111 ITEMP:?

1111 TEMPI:PRIM:4

1111 TEMPI:SEC:3

1111 TEMPI:?

1111 INFO

1111 TEMP2:MIN:-5,MAX:28

1111 TEMP4

1111 TEMP3:NAME:Warehouse

1111 TEMP3

1111 TEMP2:NAME:

1111 INFO

1111 INFO:3.15

1111 INFO:00.00

1111 SMS +4417031111111

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

THEME

Enable MS mode

Disable MS mode

Set server IP address

Set server port

Set protocol

Set APN

Set user name

Set password

View IP and GPRS network settings

SERVICE MODE:

Activate service mode

Deactivate service mode

REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART:

Restart the system

TECHNICAL SUPPORT:

Initiate FOTA

REMOTE CONFIG:

Start Remote Config

End Remote Config

Start Remote Config via ELAN

CLOUD SERVICES:

Cloud Services ID

Cloud Services settings – Smart On/Off, server, port, ping

SMS EXAMPLE

1111 SCNSET:ON

1111 SCNSET:OFF

1111 SETGPRS:IP:65.82.119.5

1111 SETGPRS:PORT:5521

1111 SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:UDP

1111 SETGPRS:APN:internet

1111 SETGPRS:USER:mobileusr

1111 SETGPRS:PSW:mobilepsw

1111 SETGPRS?

1111 SERVICEMODE:ON

1111 SERVICEMODE:OFF

1111 RESET

1111 FOTA

1111 STCONFIG

1111 ENDCONFIG

1111 STCONFIG:ELAN

1111 SMART ID

1111 SMART:ON,ss.eldes.lt,8082,180

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

41. RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND SIGNAL PENETRATION - APPENDIX 4

WHAT YOU MUST KNOW BEFORE INSTALLING THE SYSTEM

Radio signals are electromagnetic waves, hence the signal becomes weaker the further it travels, the range is limited.

100

80

60

40

20

0

The following material shows theoretically evaluated relation between radio signal strength and the distance among devices.

The radio coverage is further decreased by specific materials:

Material

Wood, plaster, glass uncoated, without metal

Brick, press board

Ferro concrete

Metal, aluminium lining

Range reduction vs LoS*

0 - 10 %

5 - 35 %

10 - 90 %

see chapter “How to prop- erly install the system”

* LoS (Short for “line of sight”) - a term being used in Radio frequency technologies to describe an unobstructed path between the location of the signal transmitter and the location of the signal receiver.

The following should be accepted as suggestions and evaluated while installing your system:

• During the night time, when there is no movement at all, wireless signal level can decrease up to 17%.

• Furniture and movement can increase or decrease signal level by approximately up to 20%.

So, that means the sensor’s signal level can decrease up to about 37% or even increase slightly, depending on individual environmental factors.

Spread of radio signal within a building:

Signal

Strength high

Base station

Sender low

20 m

HOW TO PROPERLY INSTALL THE SYSTEM:

NOTE: It is HIGHLY RECOMMENDED to install your system with the Service Mode enabled (using Eldes Utility software). This installation method will ensure a better protection against variable environmental factors ( the number of people moving throughout the secured area, material obstacles, etc.).

• Clear RF path of obstructions - Make sure the RF path is clear of obstructions. Antennas should be installed where they can “see” each other as much as possible. Make sure the antennas are high enough above any obstructions in the RF path.

• Pay attention to antenna alignment - Make sure the antennas are aligned correctly. In order to get the best result, you should mount your sensor according to their own manual’s instruction, which you’ll find at eldesalarms.com

• Know you overall system gain required to meet the distance. The more the distance between the radios, the more the overall system gain needs to be. If the signal level between the system and your wireless device is equal or lower than 30%, then you must additionally

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

use wireless signal repeater (EWR2).

• The longer the antenna cable and the more the number of connections, the more the signal loss. Please be aware that if you use antenna’s extension cord or/and any other additional elements of wiring (cables,wires, etc.),then more antenna gain will be lost.

• We recommend that the best place for Alarm System installation is at the approximately estimated centre of all mounted Wireless devices across your premises (house/flat), and it’s not necessarily the centre of a room itself,i.e. positioning basically depends on the total of the secured area. For a better visual perception, see the following picture:

Wall Wall

Wall

Wall

Wall

Wall

Wireless device

Wall

Wireless device

Wall

Alarm

System

Alarm

System

• The angle at which the transmitted signal hits the wall is very important. The effective wall thickness – and with it the signal attenuation

– varies according to this angle. Signals should be transmitted as directly as possible through the wall.

Wall Alarm

System

Wireless device

Wall

• When using devices with an internal receiving antenna, the device should not be installed on the same side of the wall as the transmitter. Near a wall, the radio waves are likely to be subject to interfering dispersions or reflections. Consequently, the position of the antenna has to be on the opposite or connecting wall.

Wall

Alarm

System

Wireless device

Wall

• When using Alarm System with an external antenna, the ideal antenna installation place is a central location in the room. Where possible the antenna should be at least 10 – 15 cm away from the wall corner or concrete ceiling.

Ceiling

Min. 0,5 m

Intermediate ceiling

Antenna holding

Antenna

Min.

0,1 m

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

• Wrong antenna mounting by the ceiling:

Ceiling Ceiling

• Massive objects made of metal, such as metallic separation walls and metal inserted ceilings, massive wall reinforcements and the metal foil of heat insulations, reflect electromagnetic waves and thus create what is known as radio shadow. However singularized small metal studs, e.g. the metal studs of a gypsum dry wall, don’t show a recognizable screening.

• Internal antenna, mounted on metal surfaces (typically 30% loss of range)

• Using any type of antenna inside metallic frames (typically 30% loss of range)

Wireless device

Antenna

Wireless device

0.5 m to 30 m

(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the building

Wireless device

0.5 m to 150 m

(1.64 to 492.13ft)

in open areas

ESIM384

Recommended installation:

• face the front side of the wireless device towards the antenna

• keep the distance: 0,5 to 30m

(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the building, 0,5 to 150m (1.64 to

492.13ft) in open areas

• Keep the distance of at least 20cm (7.87in) or more between your wireless device/Alarm System and the metal box/metal sheet or any object of this material:

>20 cm

Metal box or any metal

ESIM384

• Metal separation walls: It can be noticed that radio transmission even works with metal indoor separation walls. This happens through reflections: Walls made of metal or concrete reflect the electromagnetic waves. The radio waves reach the next room or floor via a non metallic opening.

Wall

Metal sheet

Alarm

System

Wireless device

Wall

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5

EN

Made in the European Union www.eldesalarms.com

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents